TWI665900B - Electronic device and data transmission method - Google Patents
Electronic device and data transmission method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI665900B TWI665900B TW107103900A TW107103900A TWI665900B TW I665900 B TWI665900 B TW I665900B TW 107103900 A TW107103900 A TW 107103900A TW 107103900 A TW107103900 A TW 107103900A TW I665900 B TWI665900 B TW I665900B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- identifier
- communication
- data
- specific
- protocol
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
一種電子裝置包含一儲存單元和一處理單元。該儲存單元儲存被配置以識別一特定應用通訊協定的一通訊協定識別符。該處理單元耦合於該儲存單元,並響應一特定請求訊號來獲得一電子資料和基於該通訊協定識別符而被存取的一通訊目標識別符以用該特定應用通訊協定而向由該通訊目標識別符所識別的一通訊目標傳送該電子資料。 An electronic device includes a storage unit and a processing unit. The storage unit stores a protocol identifier configured to identify a specific application protocol. The processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and responds to a specific request signal to obtain an electronic data and a communication target identifier accessed based on the communication protocol identifier to use the specific application communication protocol to direct the communication target to the communication target. A communication target identified by the identifier transmits the electronic data.
Description
本揭露是關於一電子裝置,且特別是關於使用一通訊協定識別符的一電子裝置及資料傳輸方法。 This disclosure relates to an electronic device, and more particularly to an electronic device and a data transmission method using a communication protocol identifier.
一電子裝置通常提供傳送一電子資料到一外部裝置的功能。該電子裝置可能支援複數不同的訊息傳遞服務。該複數不同的訊息傳遞服務包含一電子郵件服務、一短訊服務、一多媒體訊息服務和一即時傳訊服務。因此,該電子裝置可能需要一改良的機制以有效地實現該複數不同的訊息傳遞服務的至少其中之一。 An electronic device usually provides the function of transmitting an electronic data to an external device. The electronic device may support a plurality of different messaging services. The plurality of different messaging services include an email service, a short message service, a multimedia messaging service, and an instant messaging service. Therefore, the electronic device may need an improved mechanism to effectively implement at least one of the plurality of different messaging services.
美國第20050009541 A1號公開專利揭露一種智慧傳訊。美國第20090061825 A1號公開專利揭露一種用於在一移動計算裝置上進行群組傳訊的技術。 US Patent No. 20050009541 A1 discloses a kind of intelligent communication. US Patent Publication No. 20090061825 A1 discloses a technology for group messaging on a mobile computing device.
本揭露的一目的在於提供一種藉由使用一通訊協定識別符來有效地傳送一電子資料到一外部裝置的一電子裝置。 An object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic device that efficiently transmits an electronic data to an external device by using a protocol identifier.
本揭露的一實施例在於提供一種電子裝置。該電子裝置包含一儲存單元和一處理單元。該儲存單元儲存被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定的一第一通 訊協定識別符、和被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定不同的一第二特定應用通訊協定的一第二通訊協定識別符。該處理單元耦合於該儲存單元,在該處理單元獲得一電子資料和基於該第一通訊協定識別符而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符的條件下,用該第一特定應用通訊協定而向由該第一通訊目標識別符所識別的一第一通訊目標傳送該電子資料,並在該處理單元獲得該電子資料和基於該第二通訊協定識別符而被存取的一第二通訊目標識別符的條件下,用該第二特定應用通訊協定而向由該第二通訊目標識別符所識別的一第二通訊目標傳送該電子資料。 An embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic device. The electronic device includes a storage unit and a processing unit. The storage unit stores a first communication configured to identify a first application-specific communication protocol. A protocol identifier, and a second protocol identifier configured to identify a second application-specific protocol different from the first application-specific protocol. The processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the first application-specific communication protocol is used under the condition that the processing unit obtains an electronic data and a first communication target identifier accessed based on the first communication protocol identifier. And transmitting the electronic data to a first communication target identified by the first communication target identifier, and obtaining the electronic data at the processing unit and a second communication accessed based on the second communication protocol identifier Under the condition of the target identifier, the second specific application communication protocol is used to transmit the electronic data to a second communication target identified by the second communication target identifier.
本揭露的另一實施例在於提供一種電子裝置。該電子裝置包含一儲存單元和一處理單元。該儲存單元儲存被配置以識別一特定應用通訊協定的一通訊協定識別符。該處理單元耦合於該儲存單元,並響應一特定請求訊號來獲得一電子資料和基於該通訊協定識別符而被存取的一通訊目標識別符以用該特定應用通訊協定而向由該通訊目標識別符所識別的一通訊目標傳送該電子資料。 Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic device. The electronic device includes a storage unit and a processing unit. The storage unit stores a protocol identifier configured to identify a specific application protocol. The processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and responds to a specific request signal to obtain an electronic data and a communication target identifier accessed based on the communication protocol identifier to use the specific application communication protocol to direct the communication target to the communication target. A communication target identified by the identifier transmits the electronic data.
本揭露的另一實施例在於提供一種資料傳輸方法。該資料傳輸方法包含下列步驟:提供被配置以識別一特定應用通訊協定的一通訊協定識別符;以及響應一特定請求訊號來獲得一電子資料和基於該通訊協定識別符而被存取的一通訊目標識別符以用該特定應用通訊協定而向由該通訊目標識別符所識別的一通訊目標傳送該電子資料。 Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a data transmission method. The data transmission method includes the following steps: providing a protocol identifier configured to identify a specific application protocol; and obtaining an electronic data in response to a specific request signal and a communication accessed based on the protocol identifier The target identifier transmits the electronic data to a communication target identified by the communication target identifier using the application-specific communication protocol.
300、700‧‧‧電子裝置 300, 700‧‧‧ electronic devices
310、710‧‧‧處理單元 310, 710‧‧‧ processing unit
312、712‧‧‧處理器 312, 712‧‧‧ processors
314、714‧‧‧通訊介面單元 314, 714‧‧‧ communication interface unit
320、720‧‧‧儲存單元 320, 720‧‧‧storage units
322、722‧‧‧非揮發性記憶體單元 322, 722‧‧‧ Non-volatile memory unit
324、724‧‧‧揮發性記憶體單元 324, 724‧‧‧volatile memory unit
330、730‧‧‧顯示單元 330, 730‧‧‧ display unit
340、740‧‧‧輸入單元 340, 740‧‧‧ input unit
350、750‧‧‧感測單元 350, 750‧‧‧ sensing unit
360、760‧‧‧定時器 360, 760‧‧‧Timer
380、780‧‧‧匯流排 380, 780‧‧‧ Bus
510‧‧‧第一通訊目標集合 510‧‧‧The first communication target set
511‧‧‧第一通訊目標、通訊目標 511‧‧‧First communication target, communication target
512‧‧‧通訊目標 512‧‧‧Communication target
520‧‧‧第二通訊目標集合 520‧‧‧Second communication target set
521‧‧‧第二通訊目標、通訊目標 521‧‧‧Second communication target, communication target
522‧‧‧通訊目標 522‧‧‧Communication target
610‧‧‧網路 610‧‧‧Internet
650‧‧‧訊息服務系統 650‧‧‧Information Service System
660‧‧‧第一訊息服務裝置、訊息服務裝置 660‧‧‧First information service device, information service device
670‧‧‧第二訊息服務裝置、訊息服務裝置 670‧‧‧Second information service device, information service device
801、851‧‧‧通訊系統 801, 851‧‧‧ communication system
8011、8012、8013、8014、8015、8016、8017、8018、8511、8512、8513、8514、8515、8516、8517、8518‧‧‧實施結構 8011, 8012, 8013, 8014, 8015, 8016, 8017, 8018, 8511, 8512, 8513, 8514, 8515, 8516, 8517, 8518‧‧‧ implementation structure
910‧‧‧使用者 910‧‧‧users
AM11、AM21‧‧‧第一記憶體位址 AM11, AM21‧‧‧First memory address
AM12、AM22‧‧‧第二記憶體位址 AM12, AM22‧‧‧Second memory address
AM13、AM23‧‧‧第三記憶體位址 AM13, AM23‧‧‧Third memory address
AM14、AM24‧‧‧第四記憶體位址 AM14, AM24‧‧‧ Fourth memory address
AM15、AM25‧‧‧第五記憶體位址 AM15, AM25‧‧‧ fifth memory address
AS21‧‧‧儲存器位址 AS21‧‧‧Memory address
BD21‧‧‧顯示區塊 BD21‧‧‧Display Block
BS11‧‧‧第一儲存塊 BS11‧‧‧First storage block
BS12‧‧‧第二儲存塊 BS12‧‧‧Second storage block
BS13‧‧‧第三儲存塊 BS13‧‧‧Third storage block
BS14‧‧‧第四儲存塊 BS14‧‧‧The fourth storage block
BS15‧‧‧第五儲存塊 BS15‧‧‧Fifth storage block
BS21‧‧‧儲存塊 BS21‧‧‧Storage Block
CL11、CL21‧‧‧第一特定資料長度限制條件 CL11, CL21‧‧‧‧First specific data length limitation
CL12、CL22‧‧‧第二特定資料長度限制條件 CL12, CL22‧‧‧Second Specific Data Length Restrictions
CD11、CD61‧‧‧第一資料容量 CD11, CD61‧‧‧First data capacity
CD12、CD62‧‧‧第二資料容量 CD12, CD62‧‧‧Second data capacity
CD13、CD63‧‧‧第三資料容量 CD13, CD63‧‧‧Third data capacity
CD14、CD64‧‧‧第四資料容量 CD14, CD64‧‧‧ Fourth data capacity
CD15、CD65‧‧‧第五資料容量 CD15, CD65‧‧‧ fifth data capacity
CD16、CD66‧‧‧第六資料容量 CD16, CD66‧‧‧ Sixth data capacity
CD17‧‧‧第七資料容量 CD17‧‧‧Seventh data capacity
CD18‧‧‧第八資料容量 CD18‧‧‧eighth data capacity
CD19‧‧‧第九資料容量 CD19‧‧‧9th data capacity
DA11、DA21‧‧‧第一應用資料 DA11, DA21 ‧‧‧ First Application Information
DA12、DA22‧‧‧第二應用資料 DA12, DA22‧‧‧Second Application Information
DA13、DA23‧‧‧第三應用資料 DA13, DA23 ‧‧‧ Third Application Information
DA14、DA24‧‧‧第四應用資料 DA14, DA24 ‧‧‧ Fourth Application Information
DB11、DB21‧‧‧第一輸入資料 DB11, DB21‧‧‧ the first input data
DE11‧‧‧第一電子資料 DE11‧‧‧First Electronic Information
DE21‧‧‧第二電子資料 DE21‧‧‧Second Electronic Information
DE61‧‧‧電子資料 DE61‧‧‧Electronic Information
DE81‧‧‧改變的資料 DE81‧‧‧ Changed Information
DF61‧‧‧第一複數操作資料部分 DF61‧‧‧The first plural operation data part
DF62‧‧‧第二複數操作資料部分 DF62‧‧‧Second plural operation data part
DG11、DU61‧‧‧第一操作資料 DG11, DU61‧‧‧‧First operation data
DG12、DU62‧‧‧第二操作資料 DG12, DU62‧‧‧Second operation information
DN11、DN21‧‧‧儲存資料 DN11, DN21‧‧‧Stored data
DP11、DP21‧‧‧第一顯示坐標資料 DP11, DP21‧‧‧ the first display coordinate data
DP12、DP22‧‧‧第二顯示坐標資料 DP12, DP22‧‧‧‧Second display coordinate data
DP13、DP23‧‧‧第三顯示坐標資料 DP13, DP23‧‧‧ Third display coordinate data
DP14、DP24‧‧‧第四顯示坐標資料 DP14, DP24 ‧‧‧ Fourth display coordinate data
DP25‧‧‧第五顯示坐標資料 DP25‧‧‧ fifth display coordinate data
DP26‧‧‧第六顯示坐標資料 DP26‧‧‧ Sixth display coordinate data
DQ11、DQ21‧‧‧感測資料 DQ11, DQ21‧‧‧sensing data
DS11‧‧‧原始資料 DS11‧‧‧ Source
DV11‧‧‧第一可變資料 DV11‧‧‧First Variable Information
DV12‧‧‧第二可變資料 DV12‧‧‧Second Variable Information
DX11、DX21‧‧‧第一參考資料 DX11, DX21
DX12、DX22‧‧‧第二參考資料 DX12, DX22
DX13、DX23‧‧‧第三參考資料 DX13, DX23 ‧‧‧ Third Reference
DY11、DY21‧‧‧第二輸入資料 DY11, DY21‧‧‧Second input data
FA1‧‧‧特定應用功能 FA1‧‧‧ Specific Application Functions
GH1‧‧‧特定通訊協定識別符群組 GH1‧‧‧Specific protocol identifier group
GP1‧‧‧特定應用通訊協定群組 GP1‧‧‧ Specific Application Protocol Group
HF1‧‧‧應用功能識別符 HF1‧‧‧Application Function Identifier
HK11‧‧‧第一所欲目標識別符 HK11‧‧‧First desired identifier
HK21‧‧‧第二所欲目標識別符 HK21‧‧‧Second desired target identifier
HM11‧‧‧第一候選目標識別符 HM11‧‧‧First candidate identifier
HM11‧‧‧第二候選目標識別符 HM11‧‧‧Second candidate target identifier
HP1‧‧‧第一通訊協定識別符、通訊協定識別符 HP1‧‧‧First Protocol Identifier, Protocol Identifier
HP2‧‧‧第二通訊協定識別符、通訊協定識別符 HP2‧‧‧Second protocol identifier, protocol identifier
HP3‧‧‧第三通訊協定識別符、通訊協定識別符 HP3‧‧‧Third protocol identifier, protocol identifier
HS11‧‧‧第一來源目標識別符 HS11‧‧‧First source target identifier
HS21‧‧‧第二來源目標識別符 HS21‧‧‧Second source target identifier
HT11‧‧‧第一通訊目標識別符、通訊目標識別符 HT11‧‧‧First communication target identifier, communication target identifier
HT12‧‧‧通訊目標識別符 HT12‧‧‧ communication target identifier
HT21‧‧‧第二通訊目標識別符、通訊目標識別符 HT21‧‧‧Second communication target identifier, communication target identifier
HT22‧‧‧通訊目標識別符 HT22‧‧‧ communication target identifier
KD11、KD21‧‧‧第一顯示區域 KD11, KD21 ‧‧‧ the first display area
KD12、KD22‧‧‧第二顯示區域 KD12, KD22‧‧‧Second display area
KS1、KS2‧‧‧儲存區 KS1, KS2‧‧‧Storage area
LF11、LF21‧‧‧第一資料極限長度 LF11, LF21‧‧‧‧First data limit length
LF12、LF22‧‧‧第二資料極限長度 LF12, LF22‧‧‧Second data limit length
LF13、LF23‧‧‧第三資料極限長度 LF13, LF23‧‧‧The third data limit length
LN61‧‧‧電子資料長度 LN61‧‧‧Electronic data length
LS11‧‧‧原始資料長度 LS11‧‧‧The length of the original data
MH11‧‧‧第一通訊目標識別資訊 MH11‧‧‧First communication target identification information
MH21‧‧‧第二通訊目標識別資訊 MH21‧‧‧Second communication target identification information
MS11‧‧‧第一來源目標識別資訊 MS11‧‧‧First source target identification information
MS21‧‧‧第二來源目標識別資訊 MS21‧‧‧Second source target identification information
ND11、ND21‧‧‧第一顯示邊界 ND11, ND21
ND12、ND22‧‧‧第二顯示邊界 ND12, ND22‧‧‧Second Display Boundary
ND13、ND23‧‧‧第三顯示邊界 ND13, ND23‧‧‧ Third display border
ND14、ND24‧‧‧第四顯示邊界 ND14, ND24 ‧‧‧ Fourth display boundary
ND25‧‧‧第五顯示邊界 ND25‧‧‧Fifth display boundary
ND26‧‧‧第六顯示邊界 ND26‧‧‧Sixth display boundary
NP1‧‧‧第一序數、序數 NP1‧‧‧ first ordinal number, ordinal number
NP2‧‧‧第二序數、序數 NP2‧‧‧Second ordinal number, ordinal number
PA11‧‧‧第一邏輯及運算 PA11‧‧‧First logic and operation
PA21‧‧‧第二邏輯及運算 PA21‧‧‧Second logic and operation
PB21‧‧‧儲存器位置 PB21‧‧‧Memory location
PC11‧‧‧第一特定應用通訊協定、資料傳輸通訊協定 PC11‧‧‧First Application Specific Protocol, Data Transfer Protocol
PC21‧‧‧第二特定應用通訊協定、資料傳輸通訊協定 PC21‧‧‧Second Application Specific Protocol, Data Transfer Protocol
PC31‧‧‧第三特定應用通訊協定 PC31‧‧‧Third Application Specific Protocol
PC41‧‧‧第四特定應用通訊協定 PC41‧‧‧ Fourth Application Specific Protocol
PC51‧‧‧第五特定應用通訊協定 PC51‧‧‧The fifth application-specific communication protocol
PC61‧‧‧第六特定應用通訊協定 PC61‧‧‧Sixth Application Specific Protocol
PC71‧‧‧第七特定應用通訊協定 PC71‧‧‧Seventh Application Specific Protocol
PC81‧‧‧第八特定應用通訊協定 PC81‧‧‧eighth application-specific communication protocol
PC91‧‧‧第九特定應用通訊協定 PC91‧‧‧9th application-specific communication protocol
PF11、PF12、PF13、PF14、PF21、PF22、PF23、PF24、PR11、PR12、PR13、PR14、PR21、PR22、PR23、PR24、PR31、PR32、PR33、PR34‧‧‧顯示參考位置 PF11, PF12, PF13, PF14, PF21, PF22, PF23, PF24, PR11, PR12, PR13, PR14, PR21, PR22, PR23, PR24, PR31, PR32, PR33, PR34 ...
PM11、PM21‧‧‧第一記憶體位置 PM11, PM21‧‧‧first memory location
PM12、PM22‧‧‧第二記憶體位置 PM12, PM22‧‧‧Second memory location
PM13、PM23‧‧‧第三記憶體位置 PM13, PM23‧‧‧Third memory location
PM14、PM24‧‧‧第四記憶體位置 PM14, PM24‧‧‧ Fourth memory location
PM15、PM25‧‧‧第五記憶體位置 PM15, PM25‧‧‧Fifth memory location
PW11、PW21‧‧‧第一使用者輸入操作 PW11, PW21‧‧‧First user input operation
PW12、PW22‧‧‧第二使用者輸入操作 PW12, PW22‧‧‧Second user input operation
PW13、PW23‧‧‧第三使用者輸入操作 PW13, PW23‧‧‧Third user input operation
PW14、PW24‧‧‧第四使用者輸入操作 PW14, PW24‧‧‧ Fourth user input operation
PW15、PW25‧‧‧第五使用者輸入操作 PW15, PW25‧‧‧ fifth user input operation
PW16、PW26‧‧‧第六使用者輸入操作 PW16, PW26‧‧‧sixth user input operation
QA11、QE11‧‧‧第一電子訊息 QA11, QE11‧‧‧The first electronic message
QA21、QE21‧‧‧第二電子訊息、電子訊息 QA21, QE21‧‧‧Second electronic message, electronic message
QA22、QE22‧‧‧電子訊息 QA22, QE22‧‧‧ Electronic Message
QA31、QE31‧‧‧第三電子訊息 QA31, QE31‧‧‧Third Electronic Message
QA41、QE41‧‧‧第四電子訊息 QA41, QE41‧‧‧ Fourth Electronic Message
QA51、QE51‧‧‧第五電子訊息 QA51, QE51‧‧‧ fifth electronic message
QA61、QE61‧‧‧第六電子訊息 QA61, QE61‧‧‧ Sixth Electronic Message
QA71、QE71‧‧‧第七電子訊息 QA71, QE71‧‧‧ Seventh Electronic Message
QA81、QE81‧‧‧第八電子訊息、電子訊息 QA81, QE81‧‧‧Eighth electronic message, electronic message
QA82、QE82‧‧‧電子訊息 QA82, QE82‧‧‧Electronic Message
QA91、QE91‧‧‧第九電子訊息 QA91, QE91‧‧‧9th electronic message
QAA1、QEA1‧‧‧第十電子訊息 QAA1, QEA1‧‧‧Tenth electronic message
QAB1、QEB1‧‧‧第十一電子訊息 QAB1, QEB1‧‧‧ Eleventh Electronic Message
QAC1、QEC1‧‧‧第十二電子訊息 QAC1, QEC1‧‧‧ Twelfth Electronic Message
QK1‧‧‧特定請求訊號 QK1‧‧‧ specific request signal
QM1‧‧‧第一特定請求訊息 QM1‧‧‧First specific request message
QM2‧‧‧第二特定請求訊息 QM2‧‧‧ Second specific request message
QR1‧‧‧第一有效請求訊號 QR1‧‧‧ the first valid request signal
QR2‧‧‧第四有效請求訊號 QR2‧‧‧ Fourth effective request signal
QT11、QT21‧‧‧第一控制訊號 QT11, QT21‧‧‧The first control signal
QT12、QT22‧‧‧第二控制訊號 QT12, QT22‧‧‧Second control signal
QU1‧‧‧第二有效請求訊號 QU1‧‧‧ Second valid request signal
QU2‧‧‧第三有效請求訊號 QU2‧‧‧ Third effective request signal
QY11、QY21‧‧‧輸入訊息 QY11, QY21‧‧‧Enter message
RD11、RD21‧‧‧第一判斷結果 RD11, RD21 ‧‧‧ first judgment result
RD12、RD22‧‧‧第二判斷結果 RD12, RD22 ‧‧‧ second judgment result
RD13、RD23‧‧‧第三判斷結果 RD13, RD23 ‧‧‧ third judgment result
RD14、RD24‧‧‧第四判斷結果 RD14, RD24 ‧‧‧ fourth judgment result
RD15、RD25‧‧‧第五判斷結果 RD15, RD25‧‧‧ fifth judgment result
RD16、RD26‧‧‧第六判斷結果 RD16, RD26‧‧‧ Sixth judgment result
RD17、RD27‧‧‧第七判斷結果 RD17, RD27 ‧‧‧ seventh judgment result
RD18、RD28‧‧‧第八判斷結果 RD18, RD28 ‧‧‧ Eighth Judgment Result
SF1‧‧‧第一目標識別符格式規定 SF1‧‧‧First target identifier format requirements
SF2‧‧‧第二目標識別符格式規定 SF2‧‧‧Second target identifier format requirements
SS11、SS21‧‧‧該第一儲存空間 SS11, SS21‧‧‧‧The first storage space
SS12、SS22‧‧‧該第二儲存空間 SS12, SS22‧‧‧‧The second storage space
SS13‧‧‧該第三儲存空間 SS13‧‧‧The third storage space
TD1‧‧‧第一資料傳輸 TD1‧‧‧First Data Transmission
TD2‧‧‧第二資料傳輸 TD2‧‧‧Second Data Transmission
TD5‧‧‧第五資料傳輸 TD5‧‧‧ fifth data transmission
TR1‧‧‧第一請求時間 TR1‧‧‧First request time
TR2‧‧‧第二請求時間 TR2‧‧‧Second Request Time
UP1‧‧‧第一資料準備階段、資料準備階段 UP1‧‧‧First data preparation stage, data preparation stage
UP2‧‧‧第二資料準備階段 UP2‧‧‧Second data preparation stage
UT1‧‧‧第一資料傳輸階段、資料傳輸階段 UT1‧‧‧first data transmission phase, data transmission phase
UT2‧‧‧第二資料傳輸階段 UT2‧‧‧Second data transmission phase
VA11、VA21‧‧‧第一顯示面積值 VA11, VA21‧‧‧ the first display area value
VA12、VA22‧‧‧第二顯示面積值 VA12, VA22‧‧‧‧Second display area value
VA23‧‧‧第三顯示面積值 VA23‧‧‧The third display area value
VC11、VC61‧‧‧第一特定資料容量值 VC11, VC61‧‧‧‧First specific data capacity value
VC12、VC62‧‧‧第二特定資料容量值 VC12, VC62‧‧‧‧Second specific data capacity value
VC13、VC63‧‧‧第三特定資料容量值 VC13, VC63 ‧‧‧ third specific data capacity value
VC14、VC64‧‧‧第四特定資料容量值 VC14, VC64 ‧‧‧ Fourth specific data capacity value
VC15、VC65‧‧‧第五特定資料容量值 VC15, VC65‧‧‧ fifth specific data capacity value
VC16、VC66‧‧‧第六特定資料容量值 VC16, VC66‧‧‧ Sixth specific data capacity value
VC17‧‧‧第七特定資料容量值 VC17‧‧‧seventh specific data capacity value
VC18‧‧‧第八特定資料容量值 VC18‧‧‧eighth specific data capacity value
VC19‧‧‧第九特定資料容量值 VC19‧‧‧9th specific data capacity value
VE11‧‧‧第一有效邏輯值 VE11‧‧‧First Effective Logical Value
VE21‧‧‧第二有效邏輯值 VE21‧‧‧Second Effective Logic Value
VF11、VF21‧‧‧第一資料極限長度值 VF11, VF21‧‧‧‧First data limit length value
VF12、VF22‧‧‧第二資料極限長度值 VF12, VF22‧‧‧‧Second data limit length
VF13、VF23‧‧‧第三資料極限長度值 VF13, VF23‧‧‧‧The third data limit length value
VK11‧‧‧第一所欲邏輯值 VK11‧‧‧First desired logical value
VK21‧‧‧第二所欲邏輯值 VK21‧‧‧Second Desired Logical Value
VL11‧‧‧第一可變邏輯值 VL11‧‧‧The first variable logic value
VL21‧‧‧第二可變邏輯值 VL21‧‧‧Second variable logic value
VN61‧‧‧電子資料長度值 VN61‧‧‧Electronic data length value
VQ11‧‧‧第一操作邏輯值 VQ11‧‧‧First operation logic value
VQ21‧‧‧第二操作邏輯值 VQ21‧‧‧Second operation logic value
VR11‧‧‧第一參考邏輯值 VR11‧‧‧first reference logic value
VR21‧‧‧第二參考邏輯值 VR21‧‧‧ second reference logic value
VS11‧‧‧原始資料長度值 VS11‧‧‧ raw data length value
WM1‧‧‧第一候選目標識別符集合 WM1‧‧‧The first candidate target identifier set
WM2‧‧‧第二候選目標識別符集合 WM2‧‧‧Second candidate target identifier set
WT1‧‧‧第一通訊目標識別符集合 WT1‧‧‧The first communication target identifier set
WT2‧‧‧第二通訊目標識別符集合 WT2‧‧‧Second communication target identifier set
WV1‧‧‧第一可變目標識別符集合 WV1‧‧‧The first variable target identifier set
WV2‧‧‧第二可變目標識別符集合 WV2‧‧‧Second Variable Target Identifier Set
本揭露得藉由下列圖式之詳細說明,俾得更深入之瞭解:第1圖:為在本揭露各式各樣實施例中一通訊系統的示意圖。 This disclosure has a deeper understanding through the following detailed description of the drawings: Figure 1: is a schematic diagram of a communication system in various embodiments of this disclosure.
第2圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第3圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第4圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第5圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第6圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第7圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第8圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第9圖:為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
第10圖:為在本揭露各式各樣實施例中一通訊系統的示意圖。 FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.
第11圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結 構的示意圖。 Fig. 11: An implementation of the communication system shown in Fig. 10 Schematic illustration.
第12圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第13圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第14圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第15圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第16圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第17圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
第18圖:為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統的一實施結構的示意圖。 FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the communication system shown in FIG. 10.
請參閱第1圖,其為在本揭露各式各樣實施例中一通訊系統801的示意圖。該通訊系統801包含一電子裝置700、一第一通訊目標511和一第二通訊目標521。例如,該電子裝置700要與該第一通訊目標511通訊。該電子裝置700包含一儲存單元720和一處理單元710。該儲存單元720儲存被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的一第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該處理單元710耦合於該儲存單元720,並響應一特定請求訊號QK1來獲得一 電子資料DE61和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的該第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic diagram of a communication system 801 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The communication system 801 includes an electronic device 700, a first communication target 511, and a second communication target 521. For example, the electronic device 700 is to communicate with the first communication target 511. The electronic device 700 includes a storage unit 720 and a processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 stores a first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify a first application-specific protocol PC11. The processing unit 710 is coupled to the storage unit 720 and responds to a specific request signal QK1 to obtain a The electronic data DE61 and a first communication target identifier HT11 accessed based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 are used to identify the first communication target identifier HT11 with the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. The first communication target 511 transmits the electronic data DE61.
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以對應於表示一第一資料容量CD61的一第一特定資料容量值VC61。例如,該第一特定資料容量值VC61被預先確定。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的一第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的一第一記憶體位址AM21。該處理單元710在該儲存單元720中分配一儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的一儲存器位址AS21。例如,該儲存器位址AS21相依或獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1。 In some embodiments, the first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to correspond to a first specific data capacity value VC61 representing a first data capacity CD61. For example, the first specific data capacity value VC61 is determined in advance. The processing unit 710 obtains the first specific data capacity value VC61 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and allocates a first data capacity CD61 in the storage unit 720 based on the first specific data capacity value VC61. A first storage space SS21 obtains a first memory address AM21 configured to identify the first storage space SS21. The processing unit 710 allocates a storage block BS21 in the storage unit 720 to obtain a storage address AS21 configured to identify the storage block BS21. For example, the storage address AS21 is dependent on or independent of the first protocol identifier HP1.
在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該儲存器位址AS21,並基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710獲得獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該儲存器位址AS21。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11具有一第一目標識 別符格式規定SF1。 Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and based on the first communication protocol The identifier HP1 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 that is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 has a first identification The character format specifies SF1.
在一些實施例中,該特定請求訊號QK1是一第一有效請求訊號QR1和一第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一。該處理單元710響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置700進入一第一資料準備階段UP1。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得該電子資料DE61和符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使該儲存單元720在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來使該儲存單元720在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。該處理單元710響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置700離開該第一資料準備階段UP1以進入一第一資料傳輸階段UT1。 In some embodiments, the specific request signal QK1 is one of a first valid request signal QR1 and a second valid request signal QU1. The processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter a first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first valid request signal QR1. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 and the first communication target identifier HT11 that complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1, based on the obtained first memory address AM21 to cause the storage unit 720 to store the first communication target identifier HT11 in the first storage space SS21, and cause the storage unit 720 to store the BS11 in the storage block BS21 based on the obtained memory address AS21. Electronic information DE61. The processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to leave the first data preparation stage UP1 to enter a first data transmission stage UT1 in response to the second valid request signal QU1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來存取儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61以獲得該電子資料DE61,並響應於獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該電子資料DE61來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE61。例如,該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記 憶體位址AM21,並藉此基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第一儲存空間SS21的內部或外部。 In the first data transmission phase UT1 after the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 accesses the first stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The communication target identifier HT11 obtains the first communication target identifier HT11, and based on the obtained memory address AS21, accesses the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 to obtain the electronic data DE61, and responds After obtaining the first communication target identifier HT11 and the electronic data DE61, the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is used to transmit the first electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511. For example, the processing unit 710 obtains the first record based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. The memory address AM21 is used to access the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the first storage space SS21.
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1屬於被儲存於該儲存單元720中的一特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該處理單元710從包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和一第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。例如,該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1是一特定通訊協定識別符陣列,並被預先確定。例如,該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11不同的一第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。 In some embodiments, the first protocol identifier HP1 belongs to a specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage unit 720. The processing unit 710 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 including the first protocol identifier HP1 and a second protocol identifier HP2. Character HP2. For example, the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is a specific protocol identifier array and is predetermined. For example, the second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to identify a second application-specific protocol PC21 different from the first application-specific protocol PC11.
該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以對應於表示一第二資料容量CD62的一第二特定資料容量值VC62。例如,該第二特定資料容量值VC62相同或不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並被預先確定。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC62,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的一第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的一第二記憶體位址AM22。例如,該第二儲存空間SS22 不同於該第一儲存空間SS21。在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1並相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該儲存器位址AS21。 The second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to correspond to a second specific data capacity value VC62 representing a second data capacity CD62. For example, the second specific data capacity value VC62 is the same as or different from the first specific data capacity value VC61, and is determined in advance. The processing unit 710 obtains the second specific data capacity value VC62 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and allocates a second data capacity CD62 in the storage unit 720 based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. A second storage space SS22 obtains a second memory address AM22 configured to identify the second storage space SS22. For example, the second storage space SS22 Different from the first storage space SS21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and dependent on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. Address AS21.
該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21具有一第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來使該儲存單元720在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。例如,該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別該第二通訊目標521。 The second application-specific communication protocol PC21 has a second target identifier format specification SF2. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains a second communication target identifier HT21 that complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2, and makes the second memory address AM22 to obtain the The storage unit 720 stores the second communication target identifier HT21 in the second storage space SS22. For example, the second communication target identifier HT21 is configured to identify the second communication target 521.
在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並響應於獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和該電子資料DE61來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。例如,該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22,並藉此基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 In the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 accesses the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 based on the obtained second memory address AM22 to obtain the first Two communication target identifiers HT21, and in response to obtaining the second communication target identifier HT21 and the electronic data DE61, use the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521. For example, the processing unit 710 obtains the second memory address AM22 based on the second protocol identifier HP2, and thereby accesses the second memory address AM22 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the second storage space SS22. The second communication target identifier HT21.
該儲存器位址AS21相依於選自該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的一第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別一第三特定應用通訊 協定PC31。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別由複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…所組成的一特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆屬於該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。 The storage address AS21 is dependent on a third protocol identifier HP3 selected from the specific protocol identifier group GH1. The third communication protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify a third application-specific communication. Agreement PC31. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify an application-specific protocol group GP1 composed of a plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 all belong to the application-specific communication protocol group GP1.
該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2皆是複數特定應用通訊協定的其中之一。例如,該複數特定應用通訊協定包含一電子郵件通訊協定、一短訊服務通訊協定、一多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和一即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3是該電子郵件通訊協定、該短訊服務通訊協定、該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和該即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…選擇自該複數特定應用通訊協定。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第二儲存空間SS22的內部或外部。 The first application-specific communication protocol PC1 and the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 are one of a plurality of application-specific communication protocols. For example, the plurality of application-specific communication protocols include one of an e-mail communication protocol, a short message service communication protocol, a multimedia message service communication protocol, and an instant messaging communication protocol. The third application-specific communication protocol PC3 is one of the e-mail communication protocol, the short message service communication protocol, the multimedia message service communication protocol, and the instant messaging communication protocol. The plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... are selected from the plurality of specific application communication protocols. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the second storage space SS22.
請參閱第2圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8011的示意圖。如第2圖所示,該實施結構8011包含該電子裝置700、該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521。該電子裝置700進一步包含耦合於該處理單元710的一顯示單元730。在一些實施例中,該顯示單元730包含由一第一顯示坐標資料DP21所表示的一第一顯示區域KD21、和不同於該第一顯示區域KD21的一顯示區塊BD21。例如,該第一顯示坐標資料DP21相關於該 第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61而被確定。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21以使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11,並使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。 Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8011 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 2, the implementation structure 8011 includes the electronic device 700, the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521. The electronic device 700 further includes a display unit 730 coupled to the processing unit 710. In some embodiments, the display unit 730 includes a first display area KD21 represented by a first display coordinate data DP21, and a display block BD21 different from the first display area KD21. For example, the first display coordinate data DP21 is related to the The first protocol identifier HP1 is determined based on the first specific data capacity value VC61. The processing unit 710 obtains the first display coordinate data DP21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 so that the display unit 730 displays a first representative of the first communication target identifier HT11 on the first display area KD21. The communication target identification information MH11 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21.
該顯示單元730進一步包含由一第二顯示坐標資料DP22所表示的一第二顯示區域KD22。該第一顯示區域KD21、該第二顯示區域KD22和該顯示區塊BD21是不同的。該第二顯示坐標資料DP22相關於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62而被確定。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22以使該顯示單元730在該第二顯示區域KD22上顯示代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。 The display unit 730 further includes a second display area KD22 represented by a second display coordinate data DP22. The first display area KD21, the second display area KD22, and the display block BD21 are different. The second display coordinate data DP22 is related to the second communication protocol identifier HP2 and is determined based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. The processing unit 710 obtains the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 so that the display unit 730 displays a second representative of the second communication target identifier HT21 on the second display area KD22. Communication target identification information MH21.
請參閱第3圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8012的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖,該實施結構8012包含該電子裝置700和該第一通訊目標511。該電子裝置700包含該儲存單元720和該處理單元710。該儲存單元720包含一儲存區KS2、該第一儲存空間SS21、該第二儲存空間SS22和該儲存塊BS21,並儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。例如,該第一儲存空間SS21是一第一非揮發性記憶體空間和一第一揮發性記憶體空間的其中之一。該第二儲存空間SS22是一第二非揮發性 記憶體空間和一第二揮發性記憶體空間的其中之一。該儲存塊BS21是一非揮發性記憶體塊和一揮發性記憶體塊的其中之一。 Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8012 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1 for assistance. The implementation structure 8012 includes the electronic device 700 and the first communication target 511. The electronic device 700 includes the storage unit 720 and the processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 includes a storage area KS2, the first storage space SS21, the second storage space SS22, and the storage block BS21, and stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1. For example, the first storage space SS21 is one of a first non-volatile memory space and a first volatile memory space. The second storage space SS22 is a second non-volatile One of a memory space and a second volatile memory space. The storage block BS21 is one of a non-volatile memory block and a volatile memory block.
屬於該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應於根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被確定的該第一特定資料容量值VC61。例如,該第一特定資料容量值VC61表示用於分配該第一儲存空間SS21的該第一資料容量CD61,並根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被預先確定。 The first protocol identifier HP1 belonging to the specific protocol identifier group GH1 corresponds to the first specific data capacity value VC61 determined according to the first specific application protocol PC11. For example, the first specific data capacity value VC61 indicates the first data capacity CD61 for allocating the first storage space SS21, and is determined in advance according to the first specific application communication protocol PC11.
該處理單元710從該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC61來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的該第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的該第一記憶體位址AM21。例如,該第一儲存空間SS21位於由該第一記憶體位址AM21所識別的一第一記憶體位置PM21,並藉此由該第一記憶體位址AM21所識別。 The processing unit 710 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1, obtains the first specific data capacity value VC61 based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1, and based on The obtained first specific data capacity value VC61 is used to allocate the first storage space SS21 with the first data capacity CD61 in the storage unit 720 to obtain the first memory configured to identify the first storage space SS21. Body address AM21. For example, the first storage space SS21 is located at a first memory location PM21 identified by the first memory address AM21, and is thereby identified by the first memory address AM21.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元720在該儲存區KS2中儲存被配置以與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的該第一記憶體位址AM21。該處理單元710基於從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一記憶體位址AM21以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第一 記憶體位址AM21。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 720 stores the first memory address AM21 configured to correspond to the first protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS2. The processing unit 710 accesses the first memory address stored in the storage area KS2 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 obtained from the specific protocol identification group GH1 in the storage area KS2. AM21 to get the first from the storage area KS2 Memory address AM21.
該處理單元710獲得該第一記憶體位址AM21以識別該第一儲存空間SS21,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使該儲存單元720在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存包含該第一電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一應用資料DA21。例如,該第一儲存空間SS21被分配以足夠容納該第一應用資料DA21。 The processing unit 710 obtains the first memory address AM21 to identify the first storage space SS21, and causes the storage unit 720 to store the first storage space SS21 in the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The first electronic data DE61 and a first application data DA21 of the first communication target identifier HT11. For example, the first storage space SS21 is allocated enough to accommodate the first application data DA21.
在一些實施例中,該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1包含該第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別包含於該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…中的該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31。該儲存塊BS21基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被分配,並由該儲存器位址AS21所識別。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1時,該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一記憶體位址AM21。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2時,該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二記憶體位址AM22。 In some embodiments, the specific protocol identifier group GH1 includes the third protocol identifier HP3. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify the third application-specific protocol PC31 included in the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The storage block BS21 is allocated based on the third protocol identifier HP3, and is identified by the storage address AS21. When the third communication protocol identifier HP3 is the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the memory address AS21 is dependent on the first memory address AM21. When the third protocol identifier HP3 is the second protocol identifier HP2, the memory address AS21 is dependent on the second memory address AM22.
該第三通訊協定識別符HP3對應於根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被確定的一第三特定資料容量值VC63。例如,該第三特定資料容量值VC63表示用於分配該儲存塊BS21的一第三資料容量CD63,並根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被預先確定。該第三特定資料容量值VC63和該第三資料容量CD63分別是一第一資料極限長度值VF21和一第一資料極限長度LF21。該第三特 定資料容量值VC63不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61和該第二特定資料容量值VC62的任一,藉此該第三資料容量CD63不同於該第一資料容量CD61和該第二資料容量CD62的任一。 The third communication protocol identifier HP3 corresponds to a third specific data capacity value VC63 determined according to the third specific application communication protocol PC31. For example, the third specific data capacity value VC63 indicates a third data capacity CD63 for allocating the storage block BS21, and is determined in advance according to the third specific application communication protocol PC31. The third specific data capacity value VC63 and the third data capacity CD63 are a first data limit length value VF21 and a first data limit length LF21, respectively. The third special The fixed data capacity value VC63 is different from any of the first specific data capacity value VC61 and the second specific data capacity value VC62, whereby the third data capacity CD63 is different from the first data capacity CD61 and the second data capacity Any of CD62.
在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…被考慮的條件下,該第一資料極限長度值VF21是一最長極限長度值、一最短極限長度值和一中間極限長度值的其中之一。當該第一資料極限長度值VF21是該最長極限長度值時,該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31是該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一。當該第一資料極限長度值VF21是該最短極限長度值時,該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31是該短訊服務通訊協定和該即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。 Under the condition that the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2, ... are considered, the first data limit length value VF21 is one of a longest limit length value, a shortest limit length value, and an intermediate limit length value. When the first data limit length value VF21 is the longest limit length value, the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 is one of the email communication protocol and the multimedia message service communication protocol. When the first data limit length value VF21 is the shortest limit length value, the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 is one of the short message service protocol and the instant messaging protocol.
該處理單元710從該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,基於所獲得的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來獲得該第三特定資料容量值VC63,並基於所獲得的該第三特定資料容量值VC63來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第三資料容量CD63的該儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的該儲存器位址AS21。 The processing unit 710 obtains the third communication protocol identifier HP3 from the specific communication protocol identifier group GH1, obtains the third specific data capacity value VC63 based on the obtained third communication protocol identifier HP3, and based on The obtained third specific data capacity value VC63 is used to allocate the storage block BS21 having the third data capacity CD63 in the storage unit 720 to obtain the storage address AS21 configured to identify the storage block BS21.
例如,該儲存塊BS21位於由該儲存器位址AS21所識別的一儲存器位置PB21,並藉此由該儲存器位址AS21所識別。該處理單元710獲得該儲存器位址AS21以識別該儲存塊BS21,並基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21 來使該儲存單元720在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。例如,該儲存塊BS21被分配以足夠容納該電子資料DE61,並是一儲存空間。例如,該儲存器位置PB21是一記憶體位置。 For example, the storage block BS21 is located at a storage location PB21 identified by the storage address AS21, and is thereby identified by the storage address AS21. The processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 to identify the storage block BS21, and based on the obtained storage address AS21 Let the storage unit 720 store the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21. For example, the storage block BS21 is allocated enough to accommodate the electronic data DE61 and is a storage space. For example, the memory location PB21 is a memory location.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元720包含與該第一儲存空間SS21不同的該儲存區KS2,並在該儲存區KS2中儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1、對應於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該第一特定資料容量值VC61、和對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3的該第三特定資料容量值VC63。例如,該儲存區KS2是一非揮發性記憶體區域和一揮發性記憶體區域的其中之一,並是一儲存空間。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 720 includes the storage area KS2 different from the first storage space SS21, and stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2 corresponding to the first communication protocol The first specific data capacity value VC61 of the identifier HP1 and the third specific data capacity value VC63 corresponding to the third protocol identifier HP3. For example, the storage area KS2 is one of a non-volatile memory area and a volatile memory area, and is a storage space.
該處理單元710從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第二通訊協定識別符HP2和該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一特定資料容量值VC61以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於所獲得的該第三通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第三特定資料容量值VC61以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第三特定資料容量值VC63。 The processing unit 710 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1, the second protocol identifier HP2, and the third protocol identifier HP3 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2, based on The obtained first protocol identifier HP1 accesses the first specific data capacity value VC61 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the first specific data capacity value VC61 from the storage area KS2, and is based on the The obtained third protocol identifier HP1 accesses the third specific data capacity value VC61 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the third specific data capacity value VC63 from the storage area KS2.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元720在該儲存區KS2中儲存被配置以與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的該第一記憶體位址AM21,並在該儲存區KS2中儲存該儲存器位址AS21。例如,該儲存器位址AS21是一記憶體 位址。該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一記憶體位址AM11以從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第一記憶體位址AM11,並藉由存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該儲存器位址AS21來從該儲存區KS1中獲得該儲存器位址AS21。在該儲存器位址AS21被配置以與該第三通訊協定識別符HP3對應的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該儲存器位址AS21。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 720 stores the first memory address AM21 configured to correspond to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS2, and stores the memory in the storage area KS2 Address AS21. For example, the memory address AS21 is a memory Address. The processing unit 310 accesses the first memory address AM11 stored in the storage area KS2 based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1 to obtain the first memory address AM11 from the storage area KS1, The storage address AS21 is obtained from the storage area KS1 by accessing the storage address AS21 stored in the storage area KS2. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is configured to correspond to the third protocol identifier HP3, the processing unit 310 accesses and stores in the storage area KS2 based on the obtained third protocol identifier HP3. The memory address is AS21.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置700在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下由一第一來源目標識別符HS11所識別。例如,該第一來源目標識別符HS11符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。該儲存單元720進一步在該儲存區KS2中儲存與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、和與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第一候選目標識別符集合WM1。例如,該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 700 is identified by a first source target identifier HS11 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. For example, the first source target identifier HS11 complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1. The storage unit 720 further stores the first source target identifier HS11 corresponding to the first protocol identifier HP1 and a first candidate target identifier corresponding to the first protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS2. Character set WM1. For example, the first candidate target identifier set WM1 conforms to the first target identifier format specification SF1.
該儲存單元720包含該儲存塊BS21。該儲存塊BS21具有該第三資料容量CD63。該第三資料容量CD63對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被預先確定,並在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…被考慮的條件下是一最長極限長度。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得具有一電子資料長度LN61的該電子資料DE61,並基於該 儲存器位址AS21來使該儲存單元720在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。例如,該電子資料長度LN61小於或等於該第一資料極限長度LF21,並由一電子資料長度值VN61所表示。 The storage unit 720 includes the storage block BS21. The storage block BS21 has the third data capacity CD63. The third data capacity CD63 corresponds to the third communication protocol identifier HP3, is determined in advance according to the third application-specific communication protocol PC31, and under the condition that the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... are considered Is a longest limit length. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 having an electronic data length LN61, and based on the electronic data DE61 The storage address AS21 enables the storage unit 720 to store the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21. For example, the electronic data length LN61 is less than or equal to the first data limit length LF21, and is represented by an electronic data length value VN61.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21和所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存要被應用於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的該第一應用資料DA21。例如,該第一應用資料DA21包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第一來源目標識別符HS11、一第一可變邏輯值VL11和一第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1被配置以識別一第一可變目標集合(未顯示)。所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應於該第一應用資料DA21的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,對應於該第一應用資料DA21的該第一來源目標識別符HS11,對應於該第一可變邏輯值VL11,並對應於該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。該第一可變邏輯值VL11相關於向該第一可變目標集合的一第一資料傳輸TD1是否要在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中被致能。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 stores the application to be applied in the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21 and the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first application data DA21 in the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. For example, the first application data DA21 includes the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the first source target identifier HS11, a first variable logical value VL11, and a first variable target identifier set WV1. The first variable target identifier set WV1 is configured to identify a first variable target set (not shown). The obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 corresponds to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 of the first application data DA21, corresponds to the first source target identifier HS11 of the first application data DA21, and corresponds to the The first variable logic value VL11 corresponds to the first variable target identifier set WV1. The first variable logic value VL11 is related to whether a first data transmission TD1 to the first variable target set is to be enabled in the first data transmission stage UT1 after the first data preparation stage UP1.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710在一第一請求時間TR1響應一第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。例如,該第一有效請求訊號QR1是一第一中斷請求訊號和一第一輸入請求訊 息的其中之一。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來將所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS21中,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取或讀取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一來源目標識別符HS11以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第一來源目標識別符HS11,並藉此基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來將所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS21中。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 responds to a first valid request signal QR1 at a first request time TR1 to cause the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1. For example, the first valid request signal QR1 is a first interrupt request signal and a first input request signal. Interest in one of them. In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 stores or writes the obtained first protocol identifier HP1 to the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21. Based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1 to access or read the first source target identifier HS11 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the first source target identifier from the storage area KS2 HS11, and thereby stores or writes the obtained first source target identifier HS11 to the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來確定表示該處理單元710目前是否支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的一第一參考邏輯值VR11。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得與所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第一所欲邏輯值VK11,藉由對於該第一參考邏輯值VR11和該第一所欲邏輯值VK11執行一第一邏輯及運算PA11來確定一第一操作邏輯值VQ11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來將該第一操作邏輯值VQ11指定到該第一可變邏輯值VL11。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 determines, based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, whether the processing unit 710 currently supports a first reference logic of the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. Value VR11. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains a first desired logical value VK11 corresponding to the obtained first protocol identifier HP1, and by providing the first reference logical value VR11 and the The first desired logic value VK11 executes a first logical sum operation PA11 to determine a first operation logic value VQ11, and assigns the first operation logic value VQ11 to the first operation logic value based on the obtained first memory address AM21. A variable logic value VL11.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710可選擇地獲得至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使所獲得該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11加入該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。例如,該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11符 合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 may selectively obtain at least a first desired target identifier HK11, and make the obtained at least one first based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The desired target identifier HK11 is added to the first variable target identifier set WV1. For example, the at least one first desired target identifier HK11 SF1 is specified in accordance with the first target identifier format.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710可選擇地基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1中的至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11以從該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1中選擇該至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使所選擇的該至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11加入該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 may selectively access at least one first candidate target identification in the first candidate target identifier set WM1 based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1. HM11 to select the at least one first candidate target identifier HM11 from the first candidate target identifier set WM1, and make the selected at least one first candidate target based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The identifier HM11 is added to the first variable target identifier set WV1.
請參閱第4圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8013的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖和第3圖,該實施結構8013包含該電子裝置700、一訊息服務系統650和一第一通訊目標集合510。該訊息服務系統650包含一第一訊息服務裝置660。該第一通訊目標集合510包含該第一通訊目標511和一通訊目標512。 Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8013 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 3 for assistance. The implementation structure 8013 includes the electronic device 700, an information service system 650, and a first communication target set 510. The message service system 650 includes a first message service device 660. The first communication target set 510 includes the first communication target 511 and a communication target 512.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元710完成準備該電子資料DE61和該第一應用資料DA21的條件下,該處理單元710在該第一請求時間TR1之後的一第二請求時間TR2響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置700進入在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來分開地檢查所儲存的該電子資料DE61和所儲存的該第一應用資料DA21。例如,該處理單元710響應於完成準備該電子資料DE61和該第一應用 資料DA21來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。例如,該第二有效請求訊號QU1是一第二中斷請求訊號和一第二輸入請求訊息的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 710 finishes preparing the electronic profile DE61 and the first application profile DA21, the processing unit 710 responds to the first request time TR2 after the first request time TR1. Two valid request signals QU1 cause the electronic device 700 to enter the first data transmission stage UT1 after the first data preparation stage UP1, and thereby based on the obtained memory address AS21 and the obtained first The memory address AM21 is used to separately check the stored electronic data DE61 and the stored first application data DA21. For example, the processing unit 710 responds to the completion of preparing the electronic profile DE61 and the first application Data DA21 is used to receive the second valid request signal QU1. For example, the second valid request signal QU1 is one of a second interrupt request signal and a second input request message.
當該電子裝置700進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1時,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來檢查該電子資料DE61,確認該第一可變邏輯值VL11和該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1分別成為一第一有效邏輯值VE11和一第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來檢查在該第一儲存空間SS21中所儲存的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所儲存的該第一有效邏輯值VE11和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1。例如,所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1被配置以識別該第一通訊目標集合510。屬於該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11被配置以識別屬於該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一通訊目標511。 When the electronic device 700 enters the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 checks the electronic data DE61 based on the obtained memory address AS21 to confirm the first variable logic value VL11 and the first available The variable target identifier set WV1 becomes a first valid logical value VE11 and a first communication target identifier set WT1, respectively, and is thereby checked in the first storage space SS21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The stored first communication protocol identifier HP1, the stored first source target identifier HS11, the stored first valid logical value VE11, and the stored first communication target identifier set WT1. For example, the stored first communication target identifier set WT1 is configured to identify the first communication target set 510. The first communication target identifier HT11 belonging to the first communication target identifier set WT1 is configured to identify the first communication target 511 belonging to the first communication target set 510.
在一些實施例中,在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來從所儲存的該第一應用資料DA21中獲得該第一有效邏輯值VE11,並藉由評估所獲得的該第一有效邏輯值VE11來判斷在該第一儲存空間SS21中所儲存的該第一有效邏輯值VE11是否為真以做出一第一判斷結果RD61。 In some embodiments, in the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 obtains the first valid logic value from the stored first application data DA21 based on the obtained first memory address AM21. VE11, and by evaluating the first valid logic value VE11 obtained to determine whether the first valid logic value VE11 stored in the first storage space SS21 is true to make a first judgment result RD61.
當該第一判斷結果RD61為肯定時,該處理單元710判斷在該第一儲存空間SS21中所儲存的該第一通 訊目標識別符集合WT1是否為空的以做出一第二判斷結果RD62。當該第二判斷結果RD62為肯定時,該處理單元710確認該處理單元710被禁止在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中執行向該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一資料傳輸TD1。 When the first determination result RD61 is affirmative, the processing unit 710 determines the first communication stored in the first storage space SS21. The target identifier set WT1 is empty to make a second judgment result RD62. When the second determination result RD62 is affirmative, the processing unit 710 confirms that the processing unit 710 is prohibited from performing the first data transmission TD1 to the first communication target set 510 in the first data transmission phase UT1.
當該第二判斷結果RD62為否定時:該第一通訊目標集合510由該第一通訊目標511和第一複數通訊目標511、512、…的其中之一所組成,該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…的其中之一所組成,且該處理單元710確認該處理單元710被允許在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11執行向該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一資料傳輸TD1。例如,該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…包含該第一通訊目標511,並分別為第一複數外部通訊裝置或第一複數外部電子裝置。該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…包含該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。該第一通訊目標識別符HT11是該第一所欲目標識別符HK11和所選擇的該第一候選目標識別符HM11的其中之一。 When the second judgment result RD62 is negative: the first communication target set 510 is composed of one of the first communication target 511 and the first plural communication targets 511, 512, ..., and the first communication target identifier The set WT1 is composed of one of the first communication target identifier HT11 and the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ..., and the processing unit 710 confirms that the processing unit 710 is allowed in the first data transmission phase UT1 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to perform the first data transmission TD1 to the first communication target set 510. For example, the first plurality of communication targets 511, 512,... Include the first communication target 511, and are the first plurality of external communication devices or the first plurality of external electronic devices, respectively. The first plurality of communication target identifiers HT11, HT12,... Include the first communication target identifier HT11. The first communication target identifier HT11 is one of the first desired target identifier HK11 and the selected first candidate target identifier HM11.
該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1包含該第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別包含於該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…中的該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31。例如,該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31是該電子郵件通訊協定、該短訊服務通訊協定、該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和該即時傳訊 通訊協定的其中之一。 The specific protocol identifier group GH1 includes the third protocol identifier HP3. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify the third application-specific protocol PC31 included in the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... For example, the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 is the e-mail communication protocol, the short message service communication protocol, the multimedia message service communication protocol, and the instant messaging. One of the protocols.
該儲存單元720包含與該第三通訊協定識別符HP3相關的該儲存塊BS21,該儲存塊BS21由相依於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3的該儲存器位址AS21所識別。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1時,該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一記憶體位址AM21。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2時,該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二記憶體位址AM22。該儲存塊BS21具有該第三資料容量CD63。該第三資料容量CD63對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,並根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被預先確定。 The storage unit 720 includes the storage block BS21 related to the third communication protocol identifier HP3, and the storage block BS21 is identified by the storage address AS21 dependent on the third communication protocol identifier HP3. When the third communication protocol identifier HP3 is the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the memory address AS21 is dependent on the first memory address AM21. When the third protocol identifier HP3 is the second protocol identifier HP2, the memory address AS21 is dependent on the second memory address AM22. The storage block BS21 has the third data capacity CD63. The third data capacity CD63 corresponds to the third communication protocol identifier HP3, and is determined in advance according to the third application-specific communication protocol PC31.
在一些實施例中,在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…被考慮的條件下,第一資料極限長度LF21是一最長極限長度值、一最短極限長度值和一中間極限長度值的其中之一。該儲存單元720進一步在該儲存區KS2中儲存與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第二資料極限長度值VF22。例如,該第二資料極限長度值VF22表示要被應用於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的一第二資料極限長度LF22,並根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被預先確定。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... are considered, the first data limit length LF21 is a longest limit length value, a shortest limit length value, and an intermediate limit length value. one of them. The storage unit 720 further stores a second data limit length value VF22 corresponding to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS2. For example, the second data limit length value VF22 indicates a second data limit length LF22 to be applied to the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, and is determined in advance according to the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
當該第二判斷結果RD62為否定時,該處理單元710進一步基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來判斷該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是否為該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一以做出一第三判 斷結果RD63。例如,當該處理單元710確認該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以識別該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一時,該第三判斷結果RD63被做出為肯定的。 When the second determination result RD62 is negative, the processing unit 710 further determines whether the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the email communication protocol and the multimedia message service communication protocol based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. One of them 断 结果 RD63. For example, when the processing unit 710 confirms that the first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to identify one of the email protocol and the multimedia message service protocol, the third judgment result RD63 is made affirmative.
當該第三判斷結果RD63為否定時,該處理單元710藉由比較該第二資料極限長度值VF22和該電子資料長度值VN61來判斷該電子資料DE61是否符合與所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第一特定資料長度限制條件CL21以做出一第四判斷結果RD64。例如,在該第三特定資料容量值VC63是該最長極限長度值和該中間極限長度值的其中之一的條件下,該處理單元710做出該第四判斷結果RD64。該第一特定資料長度限制條件CL21取決於該第二資料極限長度值VF22。當該電子資料長度值VN61小於或等於該第二資料極限長度值VF22時,該第四判斷結果RD64被做出為肯定的。 When the third judgment result RD63 is negative, the processing unit 710 judges whether the electronic data DE61 complies with the obtained first communication protocol by comparing the second data limit length value VF22 and the electronic data length value VN61. A first specific data length restriction condition CL21 corresponding to the identifier HP1 is used to make a fourth judgment result RD64. For example, under the condition that the third specific data capacity value VC63 is one of the longest limit length value and the intermediate limit length value, the processing unit 710 makes the fourth determination result RD64. The first specific data length limitation condition CL21 depends on the second data limit length value VF22. When the electronic data length value VN61 is less than or equal to the second data limit length value VF22, the fourth judgment result RD64 is made affirmative.
當該第四判斷結果RD64為否定時,在一第一特定情況中,該處理單元710基於該第二資料極限長度值VF22來分割該電子資料DE61以確定第一複數操作資料部分DF61,並依序對於該第一複數操作資料部分DF61執行包含於該第一資料傳輸TD1中的第一複數資料傳輸部分以在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一複數操作資料部分DF61,並藉此使該第一通訊目標511接收該第一複數操作資料部分DF61以組成該電子資料DE61。例如,該第一複數操作資料部分DF61皆 符合該第一特定資料長度限制條件CL21,且該第一複數資料傳輸部分分別相關於該第一複數操作資料部分DF61。 When the fourth judgment result RD64 is negative, in a first specific case, the processing unit 710 divides the electronic data DE61 based on the second data limit length value VF22 to determine the first plural operation data part DF61, and For the first plural operation data part DF61, the first plural data transmission part included in the first data transmission TD1 is executed to transmit the first plural number to the first communication target 511 under the first application specific communication protocol PC11. The operation data part DF61 is used to make the first communication target 511 receive the first plural operation data part DF61 to form the electronic data DE61. For example, the first plural operation data part DF61 is all The first specific data length limitation condition CL21 is met, and the first plural data transmission part is respectively related to the first plural operation data part DF61.
當該第四判斷結果RD64為否定時,在一第二特定情況中,該處理單元710基於該第二資料極限長度值VF22來轉換該電子資料DE61以確定符合該第一特定資料長度限制條件CL21的一第一操作資料DU61,並在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下向該第一通訊目標511傳送作為該電子資料DE61的該第一操作資料DU61。 When the fourth judgment result RD64 is negative, in a second specific case, the processing unit 710 converts the electronic data DE61 based on the second data limit length value VF22 to determine that the first specific data length limit condition CL21 is met. A first operation data DU61, and transmits the first operation data DU61 as the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
在該第二判斷結果RD62為否定的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來從該儲存塊BS21中獲得該電子資料DE61,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來從所儲存的該第一應用資料DA21中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第一來源目標識別符HS11和該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1。例如,在該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 Under the condition that the second judgment result RD62 is negative, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 from the storage block BS21 based on the obtained storage address AS21, and based on the obtained first memory position The address AM21 is used to obtain the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the first source target identifier HS11, and the first communication target identifier set WT1 from the first application data DA21 stored. For example, under the condition that the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first communication target identifier HT11, the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 and the obtained first The source target identifier HS11, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained first communication target identifier HT11 use the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710耦合於該第一訊息服務裝置660。例如,該第一訊息服務裝置660支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11,並包含於該訊息服務系統650中。在該第三判斷結果RD63為肯定的條件下,該 處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的一第一電子訊息QE11。例如,該第一電子訊息QE11是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第一指示訊息。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 is coupled to the first message service device 660. For example, the first message service device 660 supports the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and is included in the message service system 650. Under the condition that the third judgment result RD63 is affirmative, the The processing unit 710 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained first source target identifier HS11, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained first communication target identifier set WT1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 transmits a first electronic message QE11 including the first source target identifier HS11, the electronic data DE61, and the first communication target identifier set WT1 to the first message service device 660. For example, the first electronic message QE11 is or serves as a first instruction message for instructing the first message service device 660.
在該第三判斷結果RD63為肯定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下,該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第一電子訊息QE11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一通訊目標511傳輸一第二電子訊息QE21,藉此該第一通訊目標511用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第四特定應用通訊協定PC41來接收該第二電子訊息QE21。例如,該第二電子訊息QE21包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。 Under the condition that the third determination result RD63 is affirmative and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first communication target identifier HT11, the first message service device 660 responds to the first electronic message QE11 to use The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 transmits a second electronic message QE21 to the first communication target 511, whereby the first communication target 511 uses a fourth specific application that matches or is the same as the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. The communication protocol PC41 is used to receive the second electronic message QE21. For example, the second electronic message QE21 includes the first source target identifier HS11, the electronic data DE61, and the first communication target identifier HT11.
在該第三判斷結果RD63為肯定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…所組成的條件下,該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第一電子訊息QE11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…分開地傳輸與該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…分別對應的第一複數電 子訊息QE21、QE22、…,藉此該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的第一複數各自通訊協定來分別接收該第一複數電子訊息QE21、QE22、…。例如,該第一複數電子訊息QE21、QE22、…皆包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。包含於該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…中的該第一通訊目標511用包含於該第一複數各自通訊協定中的該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41來接收包含於該第一複數電子訊息QE21、QE22、…中的該第二電子訊息QE21。 Under the condition that the third determination result RD63 is positive and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ..., the first message service device 660 responds to the first The electronic message QE11 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to separately transmit to the first plural communication destinations 511, 512,... The first plural communication corresponding to the first plural communication destinations 511, 512, ..., respectively. Sub-messages QE21, QE22, ..., whereby the first plurality of communication targets 511, 512, ... receive the first plurality of electronic messages respectively with a first plurality of respective communication protocols matching or the same as the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 QE21, QE22, ... For example, the first plurality of electronic messages QE21, QE22, ... all include the first source target identifier HS11, the electronic data DE61, and the first communication target identifier HT11. The first communication target 511 included in the first plural communication targets 511, 512,... Uses the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 included in the first plural communication protocols to receive the first plural electrons. The second electronic message QE21 in the messages QE21, QE22, ....
在該第三判斷結果RD63為否定且該第四判斷結果RD64為肯定(或該電子資料長度LN61小於或等於該第二資料極限長度LF22)且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下:該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第三電子訊息QE31;以及該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第三電子訊息QE31來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一通訊目標511傳輸一第四電子訊息QE41,藉此該第一通訊目標511用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第五特定應 用通訊協定PC51來接收該第四電子訊息QE41。例如,該第三電子訊息QE31是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第二指示訊息。例如,該第四電子訊息QE41至少包含該電子資料DE61。 When the third judgment result RD63 is negative and the fourth judgment result RD64 is positive (or the electronic data length LN61 is less than or equal to the second data limit length LF22) and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is determined by the first Under the condition of the communication target identifier HT11: the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained first source target identifier HS11, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained The first communication target identifier HT11, using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, to transmit to the first information service device 660 including the first source target identifier HS11, the electronic data DE61, and the first communication target identifier A third electronic message QE31 that corresponds to HT11; and the first message service device 660 responds to the third electronic message QE31 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit a fourth electronic message QE41 to the first communication target 511 Thus, the first communication target 511 uses a fifth specific application that matches or is the same as the first specific application communication protocol PC11. The communication protocol PC51 is used to receive the fourth electronic message QE41. For example, the third electronic message QE31 is or serves as a second instruction message for instructing the first information service device 660. For example, the fourth electronic message QE41 includes at least the electronic data DE61.
在該第三判斷結果RD63為否定且該第四判斷結果RD64為肯定(或該電子資料長度LN61小於或等於該第二資料極限長度LF22)且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…所組成的條件下,對於包含於該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…中的每一第一各自識別符:該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該每一第一各自識別符,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該電子資料DE61和該每一第一各自識別符的一第五電子訊息QE51;以及該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第五電子訊息QE51來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向由該每一第一各自識別符所識別的每一第一各自目標傳輸一第六電子訊息QE61,藉此該每一第一各自目標用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第六特定應用通訊協定PC61來接收各自的該第六電子訊息QE61。例如,各自的該第五電子訊息QE51是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第三指示訊息。例如,各自的該第六電子訊息QE61至少包含該電子資料DE61。 When the third judgment result RD63 is negative and the fourth judgment result RD64 is positive (or the electronic data length LN61 is less than or equal to the second data limit length LF22) and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is determined by the first For each of the first respective identifiers included in the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ... under the condition composed of the plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ...: The processing unit 710 is based on the obtained The first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained first source target identifier HS11, the obtained electronic data DE61, and each of the first respective identifiers obtained, using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 And transmitting a fifth electronic message QE51 including the first source target identifier HS11, the electronic data DE61, and each of the first respective identifiers to the first message service device 660; and the first message service device 660 responds The fifth electronic message QE51 should be used by the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit a sixth electronic message QE61 to each first respective target identified by the each first respective identifier. Therefore, each of the first respective targets receives a sixth electronic message QE61 by using a sixth application-specific communication protocol PC61 that matches or is the same as the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. For example, each of the fifth electronic messages QE51 is or serves as a third instruction message for instructing the first information service device 660. For example, each of the sixth electronic messages QE61 includes at least the electronic data DE61.
在該第三判斷結果RD63為否定且該第四判斷結果RD64為否定以處於該第一特定情況中且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1包含該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的條件下,對於包含於該第一複數操作資料部分DF61中的每一第一各自資料部分:該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該每一第一各自資料部分和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該每一第一各自資料部分,並藉此使該第一通訊目標511接收該第一複數操作資料部分DF61以組成該電子資料DE61。 Under the condition that the third determination result RD63 is negative and the fourth determination result RD64 is negative to be in the first specific situation and the first communication target identifier set WT1 includes the first communication target identifier HT11, for Each first respective data part included in the first plural operation data part DF61: the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained first source target identifier HS11, each of the first respective data parts obtained, and all The obtained first communication target identifier HT11 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit each of the first respective data portions to the first communication target 511, and thereby causes the first communication target 511 to receive the first The first plural operation data part DF61 constitutes the electronic data DE61.
在一些實施例中,在該第二判斷結果RD62為否定的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來控制該儲存單元720以從該儲存塊BS21中獲得所儲存的該電子資料DE61,基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來控制該儲存單元720以從該第一儲存空間SS21中獲得所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並藉此輸出該第一電子訊息QE11、該第三電子訊息QE31、各自的該第五電子訊息QE51和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the second determination result RD62 is negative, the processing unit 710 controls the storage unit 720 based on the obtained storage address AS21 to obtain the stored data from the storage block BS21. The electronic data DE61 controls the storage unit 720 based on the obtained first memory address AM21 to obtain the stored first source target identifier HS11 and the stored first from the first storage space SS21. The communication target identifier set WT1 is used to output one of the first electronic message QE11, the third electronic message QE31, the respective fifth electronic message QE51, and other functional electronic messages.
請參閱第5圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8014的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖、第3圖和第4圖,該實施結構8014包含該電子裝置700和該第二通訊目標521。該電子裝置700包含該儲存單元720和該處理單元710。該儲存單元720包含該儲存區 KS2。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2屬於儲存在該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1,並被配置以識別該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。例如,該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21不同於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11,並是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。 Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8014 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 for assistance. The implementation structure 8014 includes the electronic device 700 and the second communication target 521. The electronic device 700 includes the storage unit 720 and the processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 includes the storage area KS2. The second protocol identifier HP2 belongs to the specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage area KS2, and is configured to identify the second specific application protocol PC21. For example, the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,... The second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is different from the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,...
該儲存單元720進一步在該儲存區KS2中儲存對應於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該第二特定資料容量值VC62。該第二特定資料容量值VC62根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而被預先確定,並表示用於分配該第二儲存空間SS22的該第二資料容量CD62。該第二特定資料容量值VC62不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61,藉此該第二資料容量CD62不同於該第一資料容量CD61。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被使用以分配該第二儲存空間SS22。 The storage unit 720 further stores the second specific data capacity value VC62 corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS2. The second specific data capacity value VC62 is predetermined according to the second specific application communication protocol PC21, and indicates the second data capacity CD62 for allocating the second storage space SS22. The second specific data capacity value VC62 is different from the first specific data capacity value VC61, whereby the second data capacity CD62 is different from the first data capacity CD61. The second protocol identifier HP2 is used to allocate the second storage space SS22.
該處理單元710從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC62,並基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC62來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的該第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的該第二記憶體位址AM22。 The processing unit 710 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2, and from the storage area KS2 based on the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. Obtain the second specific data capacity value VC62, and allocate the second storage space SS22 with the second data capacity CD62 in the storage unit 720 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC62 to obtain a configuration configured to The second memory address AM22 of the second storage space SS22 is identified.
例如,該第二通訊協定識別符HP2藉由對應於該第二特定資料容量值VC62而對應於該第二記憶體位址AM22。該第二儲存空間SS22位於由該第二記憶體位址AM22所識別的一第二記憶體位置PM22,並藉此由該第二記憶體位址AM22所識別。該第二記憶體位置PM22對應於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並不同於該第一記憶體位置PM21。該第二資料容量CD62相同或不同於該第一資料容量CD61。該第二儲存空間SS22不同於該儲存區KS2和該第一儲存空間SS21的每一空間。 For example, the second protocol identifier HP2 corresponds to the second memory address AM22 by corresponding to the second specific data capacity value VC62. The second storage space SS22 is located at a second memory location PM22 identified by the second memory address AM22, and is thereby identified by the second memory address AM22. The second memory position PM22 corresponds to the obtained second protocol identifier HP2, and is different from the first memory position PM21. The second data capacity CD62 is the same as or different from the first data capacity CD61. The second storage space SS22 is different from each of the storage area KS2 and the first storage space SS21.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元720在該儲存區KS2中儲存被配置以與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的該第二記憶體位址AM22。該處理單元710基於從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二記憶體位址AM22以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22。該處理單元710獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22以識別該第二儲存空間SS22,基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來使該儲存單元720在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存包含該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二應用資料DA22。例如,該第二儲存空間SS22被分配以足夠容納該第二應用資料DA22。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 720 stores the second memory address AM22 configured to correspond to the second protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS2. The processing unit 710 accesses the second memory address stored in the storage area KS2 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 obtained from the specific protocol identification group GH1 in the storage area KS2. AM22 obtains the second memory address AM22 from the storage area KS2. The processing unit 710 obtains the second memory address AM22 to identify the second storage space SS22, and based on the obtained second memory address AM22, causes the storage unit 720 to store the second storage space SS22 including the first storage space A second application data DA22 of two communication target identifiers HT21. For example, the second storage space SS22 is allocated enough to accommodate the second application data DA22.
在一些實施例中,該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。該電子裝置700在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21 下由一第二來源目標識別符HS21所識別。例如,該第二來源目標識別符HS21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。該儲存單元720進一步在該儲存區KS2中儲存與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、和與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二候選目標識別符集合WM2。例如,該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。 In some embodiments, the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,... The electronic device 700 is in the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. Next is identified by a second source target identifier HS21. For example, the second source target identifier HS21 complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2. The storage unit 720 further stores in the storage area KS2 the second source target identifier HS21 corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2 and a second candidate target identifier corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2. Character set WM2. For example, the second candidate target identifier set WM2 complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22和所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存要被應用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的該第二應用資料DA22。例如,該第二應用資料DA22包含該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、該第二來源目標識別符HS21、一第二可變邏輯值VL21和一第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 stores the application to be applied in the second storage space SS22 based on the obtained second memory address AM22 and the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. The second application data DA22 in the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the second application data DA22 includes the second protocol identifier HP2, the second source target identifier HS21, a second variable logic value VL21, and a second variable target identifier set WV2.
該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2被配置以識別一第二可變目標集合(未顯示)。所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應於該第二應用資料DA22的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,對應於該第二應用資料DA22的該第二來源目標識別符HS21,對應於該第二可變邏輯值VL21,並對應於該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。該第二可變邏輯值VL21相關於向該第二可變目標集合的一第二資料傳輸TD2是否要在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中被致能。 The second variable target identifier set WV2 is configured to identify a second variable target set (not shown). The obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 corresponds to the second communication protocol identifier HP2 of the second application data DA22, corresponds to the second source target identifier HS21 of the second application data DA22, and corresponds to the The second variable logic value VL21 corresponds to the second variable target identifier set WV2. The second variable logic value VL21 is related to whether a second data transmission TD2 to the second variable target set is to be enabled in the first data transmission phase UT1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來將所獲得 的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS22中,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取或讀取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二來源目標識別符HS21以從該儲存區KS2中獲得該第二來源目標識別符HS21,並藉此基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來將所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS22中。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the obtained data based on the obtained second memory address AM22. The second protocol identifier HP2 is stored in or written to the second storage space SS22, and the second protocol identifier HP2 is used to access or read the first stored in the storage area KS2 based on the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. Two source target identifiers HS21 to obtain the second source target identifier HS21 from the storage area KS2, and thereby to obtain the second source target identifier HS21 based on the obtained second memory address AM22. Store or write to this second storage space SS22.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來確定表示該處理單元710目前是否支援該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的一第二參考邏輯值VR21。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得與所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二所欲邏輯值VK21,藉由對於該第二參考邏輯值VR21和該第二所欲邏輯值VK21執行一第二邏輯及運算來確定一第二操作邏輯值VQ21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來將該第二操作邏輯值VQ21指定到該第二可變邏輯值VL21。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 determines, based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, whether the processing unit 710 currently supports a second reference logic of the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. The value is VR21. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains a second desired logical value VK21 corresponding to the obtained second protocol identifier HP2, and provides the second reference logical value VR21 and the The second desired logic value VK21 performs a second logical sum operation to determine a second operation logic value VQ21, and assigns the second operation logic value VQ21 to the second based on the obtained second memory address AM22. Variable logic value VL21.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710可選擇地獲得至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使所獲得該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21加入該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。例如,該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 may selectively obtain at least a second desired target identifier HK21, and make the obtained at least one second based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The desired target identifier HK21 is added to the second variable target identifier set WV2. For example, the at least one second desired target identifier HK21 complies with the second target identifier format requirement SF2.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單 元710可選擇地基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2中的至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21以從該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2中選擇該至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來使所選擇的該至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21加入該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing order Element 710 may optionally access at least one second candidate target identifier HM21 in the second candidate target identifier set WM2 based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 to remove the second candidate target identifier set HM21. In WM2, the at least one second candidate target identifier HM21 is selected, and the selected at least one second candidate target identifier HM21 is added to the second variable target identifier based on the obtained second memory address AM22. Collection WV2.
請參閱第6圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8015的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖、第3圖、第4圖和第5圖,該實施結構8015包含該電子裝置700、該訊息服務系統650和一第二通訊目標集合520。該訊息服務系統650包含一第二訊息服務裝置670。該第二通訊目標集合520包含該第二通訊目標521和一通訊目標522。 Please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8015 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5 for assistance. The implementation structure 8015 includes the electronic device 700, the message service system 650, and a second communication target set 520. The message service system 650 includes a second message service device 670. The second communication target set 520 includes the second communication target 521 and a communication target 522.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元710完成準備該電子資料DE61、該第一應用資料DA21和該第二應用資料DA22的條件下,該處理單元710在該第二請求時間TR2響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來檢查所儲存的該第二應用資料DA22。例如,該處理單元710響應於完成準備該電子資料DE61、該第一應用資料DA21和該第二應用資料DA22來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 710 finishes preparing the electronic profile DE61, the first application profile DA21, and the second application profile DA22, the processing unit 710 responds to the second at the second request time TR2. The valid request signal QU1 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data transmission phase UT1, and thereby checks the stored second application data DA22 based on the obtained second memory address AM22. For example, the processing unit 710 receives the second valid request signal QU1 in response to completing the preparation of the electronic data DE61, the first application data DA21, and the second application data DA22.
當該電子裝置700進入該第一資料傳輸階 段UT1時,該處理單元710確認該第二可變邏輯值VL21和該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2分別成為一第二有效邏輯值VE21和一第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並藉此基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來檢查在該第二儲存空間SS22中所儲存的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所儲存的該第二有效邏輯值VE21和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2。例如,所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2被配置以識別該第二通訊目標集合520。屬於該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別屬於第二通訊目標集合520的該第二通訊目標521。 When the electronic device 700 enters the first data transmission stage When segment UT1, the processing unit 710 confirms that the second variable logical value VL21 and the second variable target identifier set WV2 become a second valid logical value VE21 and a second communication target identifier set WT2, respectively, and borrows Based on the obtained second memory address AM22, the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the second storage space SS22, the second source target identifier HS21 stored, and the stored The second valid logical value VE21 and the stored second communication target identifier set WT2. For example, the stored second communication target identifier set WT2 is configured to identify the second communication target set 520. The second communication target identifier HT21 belonging to the second communication target identifier set WT2 is configured to identify the second communication target 521 belonging to the second communication target set 520.
在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來從所儲存的該第二應用資料DA22中獲得該第二有效邏輯值VE21,並藉由評估所獲得的該第二有效邏輯值VE21來判斷在該第二儲存空間SS22中所儲存的該第二有效邏輯值VE21是否為真以做出一第五判斷結果RD65。 In the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 obtains the second valid logical value VE21 from the stored second application data DA22 based on the obtained second memory address AM22, and evaluates The obtained second valid logic value VE21 is used to determine whether the second valid logic value VE21 stored in the second storage space SS22 is true to make a fifth judgment result RD65.
當該第五判斷結果RD65為肯定時,該處理單元710判斷在該第二儲存空間SS22中所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2是否為空的以做出一第六判斷結果RD66。當該第六判斷結果RD66為肯定時,該處理單元710確認該處理單元710被禁止在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中執行向該第二通訊目標集合520的該第二資料傳輸TD2。 When the fifth determination result RD65 is affirmative, the processing unit 710 determines whether the second communication target identifier set WT2 stored in the second storage space SS22 is empty to make a sixth determination result RD66. When the sixth judgment result RD66 is positive, the processing unit 710 confirms that the processing unit 710 is prohibited from performing the second data transmission TD2 to the second communication target set 520 in the first data transmission phase UT1.
當該第六判斷結果RD66為否定時:該第二 通訊目標集合520由該第二通訊目標521和第二複數通訊目標521、522、…的其中之一所組成,該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的其中之一所組成,且該處理單元710確認該處理單元710被允許在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21執行向該第二通訊目標集合520的該第二資料傳輸TD2。例如,該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…包含該第二通訊目標521,並分別為第二複數外部通訊裝置或第二複數外部電子裝置。該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…包含該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。該第二通訊目標識別符HT21是該第二所欲目標識別符HK21和所選擇的該第二候選目標識別符HM21的其中之一。 When the sixth judgment result RD66 is negative: the second The communication target set 520 is composed of one of the second communication target 521 and the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522, ..., and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21 and the second Consisting of one of a plurality of communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ..., and the processing unit 710 confirms that the processing unit 710 is allowed to execute the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to the The second data transmission TD2 of the second communication target set 520. For example, the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522, ... include the second communication target 521, and are the second plurality of external communication devices or the second plurality of external electronic devices, respectively. The second plurality of communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ... include the second communication target identifier HT21. The second communication target identifier HT21 is one of the second desired target identifier HK21 and the second candidate target identifier HM21 selected.
當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2時,該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二記憶體位址AM22。該儲存塊BS21具有該第三資料容量CD63。例如,該第三資料容量CD63對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,並根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被預先確定。 When the third protocol identifier HP3 is the second protocol identifier HP2, the memory address AS21 is dependent on the second memory address AM22. The storage block BS21 has the third data capacity CD63. For example, the third data capacity CD63 corresponds to the third communication protocol identifier HP3, and is determined in advance according to the third application-specific communication protocol PC31.
在一些實施例中,在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…被考慮的條件下,該第一資料極限長度LF21是該最長極限長度值、該最短極限長度值和該中間極限長度值的其中之一。該儲存單元720進一步在該儲存區KS2中儲存與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第三 資料極限長度值VF23,其中該第三資料極限長度值VF23表示要被應用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的一第三資料極限長度LF23,並根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而被預先確定。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... are considered, the first data limit length LF21 is the longest limit length value, the shortest limit length value, and the intermediate limit length value. One of them. The storage unit 720 further stores a third corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS2. The data limit length value VF23, where the third data limit length value VF23 represents a third data limit length LF23 to be applied to the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, and is pre-defined according to the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 determine.
當該第六判斷結果RD66為否定時,該處理單元710進一步基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來判斷該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21是否為該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一以做出一第七判斷結果RD67。例如,當該處理單元710確認該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以識別該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一時,該第七判斷結果RD67被做出為肯定的。 When the sixth judgment result RD66 is negative, the processing unit 710 further determines whether the second application-specific protocol PC21 is the one of the email protocol and the multimedia message service protocol based on the second protocol identifier HP2. One of them is to make a seventh judgment result RD67. For example, when the processing unit 710 confirms that the second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to identify one of the email protocol and the multimedia message service protocol, the seventh determination result RD67 is made affirmative.
當該第七判斷結果RD67為否定時,該處理單元710藉由比較該第三資料極限長度值VF23和該電子資料長度值VN61來判斷該電子資料DE61是否符合與所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二特定資料長度限制條件CL22以做出一第八判斷結果RD68。例如,在該第三特定資料容量值VC63是該最長極限長度值和該中間極限長度值的其中之一的條件下,該處理單元710做出該第八判斷結果RD68。該第二特定資料長度限制條件CL22取決於該第三資料極限長度值VF23。當該電子資料長度值VN61小於或等於該第三資料極限長度值VF23時,該第八判斷結果RD68被做出為肯定的。 When the seventh judgment result RD67 is negative, the processing unit 710 judges whether the electronic data DE61 complies with the obtained second communication protocol by comparing the third data limit length value VF23 and the electronic data length value VN61. A second specific data length restriction condition CL22 corresponding to the identifier HP2 is used to make an eighth judgment result RD68. For example, under the condition that the third specific data capacity value VC63 is one of the longest limit length value and the intermediate limit length value, the processing unit 710 makes the eighth determination result RD68. The second specific data length limitation condition CL22 depends on the third data limit length value VF23. When the electronic data length value VN61 is less than or equal to the third data limit length value VF23, the eighth judgment result RD68 is made affirmative.
當該第八判斷結果RD68為否定時,在一第 三特定情況中,該處理單元710基於該第三資料極限長度值VF23來分割該電子資料DE61以確定第二複數操作資料部分DF62,並依序對於該第二複數操作資料部分DF62執行包含於該第一資料傳輸TD1中的第二複數資料傳輸部分以在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下向該第二通訊目標521傳送該第二複數操作資料部分DF62,並藉此使該第二通訊目標521接收該第二複數操作資料部分DF62以組成該電子資料DE61。例如,該第二複數操作資料部分DF62皆符合該第二特定資料長度限制條件CL22,且該二複數資料傳輸部分分別相關於該二複數操作資料部分。 When the eighth judgment result RD68 is negative, In three specific cases, the processing unit 710 divides the electronic data DE61 based on the third data limit length value VF23 to determine the second plural operation data part DF62, and executes the second plural operation data part DF62 in sequence and includes the The second plural data transmission part in the first data transmission TD1 transmits the second plural operation data part DF62 to the second communication target 521 under the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, and thereby makes the second communication target 521 receives the second plural operation data part DF62 to form the electronic data DE61. For example, the second plural operation data portion DF62 all meets the second specific data length restriction condition CL22, and the plural plural data transmission portion is respectively related to the plural plural operation data portion.
當該第八判斷結果RD68為否定時,在一第四特定情況中,該處理單元710基於該第三資料極限長度值VF23來轉換該電子資料DE61以確定符合該第二特定資料長度限制條件CL22的一第二操作資料DU62,並在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下向該第二通訊目標521傳送作為該電子資料DE61的該第二操作資料DU62。 When the eighth judgment result RD68 is negative, in a fourth specific case, the processing unit 710 converts the electronic data DE61 based on the third data limit length value VF23 to determine that the second specific data length limit condition CL22 is met. A second operation data DU62 of the second data transmission unit, and transmits the second operation data DU62 as the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521 under the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
在該第六判斷結果RD66為否定的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來從該儲存塊BS21中獲得該電子資料DE61,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來從所儲存的該第二應用資料DA22中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、該第二來源目標識別符HS21和該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2。例如,在該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第 二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。 Under the condition that the sixth judgment result RD66 is negative, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 from the storage block BS21 based on the obtained storage address AS21, and based on the obtained second memory position The address AM22 is used to obtain the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the second source target identifier HS21, and the second communication target identifier set WT2 from the stored second application data DA22. For example, under the condition that the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21, the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained first Two protocol identifiers HP2, the obtained second source target identifier HS21, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21 are used to use the second specific application protocol PC21 to the The second communication target 521 transmits the electronic data DE61.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710進一步耦合於包含於該訊息服務系統650中的一第二訊息服務裝置670。例如,該第二訊息服務裝置670支援該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21,並相同或不同於該第一訊息服務裝置660。在該第七判斷結果RD67為肯定的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該電子資料DE61和該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2的一第七電子訊息QE71。例如,該第七電子訊息QE71是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第四指示訊息。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 is further coupled to a second message service device 670 included in the message service system 650. For example, the second message service device 670 supports the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, and is the same as or different from the first message service device 660. Under the condition that the seventh judgment result RD67 is positive, the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained second source target identifier HS21, the obtained electronic data DE61, and The obtained second communication target identifier set WT2 uses the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit to the second information service device 670 including the second source target identifier HS21, the electronic data DE61, and the second A seventh electronic message QE71 of the communication target identifier set WT2. For example, the seventh electronic message QE71 is or serves as a fourth instruction message for instructing the second information service device 670.
在該第七判斷結果RD67為肯定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下,該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第七電子訊息QE71來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二通訊目標521傳輸一第八電子訊息QE81,藉此該第二通訊目標521用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的一第七特定應用通訊協定PC71來接收該第八電子訊息 QE81。例如,該第八電子訊息QE81包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該電子資料DE61和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 Under the condition that the seventh determination result RD67 is affirmative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21, the second message service device 670 responds to the seventh electronic message QE71 to use The second application-specific communication protocol PC21 transmits an eighth electronic message QE81 to the second communication target 521, whereby the second communication target 521 uses a seventh specific that matches or is the same as the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. Use communication protocol PC71 to receive the eighth electronic message QE81. For example, the eighth electronic message QE81 includes the second source target identifier HS21, the electronic data DE61, and the second communication target identifier HT21.
在該第七判斷結果RD67為肯定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…所組成的條件下,該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第八電子訊息QE81來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…分開地傳輸與該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…分別對應的第二複數電子訊息QE81、QE82、…,藉此該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的第二複數各自通訊協定來分別接收該第二複數電子訊息QE81、QE82、…。 Under the condition that the seventh judgment result RD67 is affirmative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ..., the second message service device 670 responds to the eighth The electronic message QE81 uses the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to separately transmit the second plural electronic messages QE81 corresponding to the second plural communication targets 521, 522, ... to the second plural communication targets 521, 522, ..., respectively. , QE82, ..., whereby the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522, ... receive the second plurality of electronic messages QE81, QE82 by using a second plurality of respective communication protocols matching or the same as the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. , ...
例如,該第二複數電子訊息QE81、QE82、…皆包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該電子資料DE61和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。包含於該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…中的該第二通訊目標521用包含於該第二複數各自通訊協定中的該第七特定應用通訊協定PC71來接收包含於該第二複數電子訊息QE81、QE82、…中的該第八電子訊息QE81。 For example, the second plurality of electronic messages QE81, QE82, ... all include the second source target identifier HS21, the electronic data DE61, and the second communication target identifier HT21. The second communication target 521 included in the second plural communication targets 521, 522,... Uses the seventh application-specific communication protocol PC71 included in the second plural plural communication protocols to receive the second plural electrons. The eighth electronic message QE81 in messages QE81, QE82, ....
在該第七判斷結果RD67為否定且該第八判斷結果RD68為肯定(或該電子資料長度LN61小於或等於該第三資料極限長度LF23)且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下:該 處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該電子資料DE61和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第九電子訊息QE91;以及該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第九電子訊息QE91來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二通訊目標521傳輸一第十電子訊息QEA1,藉此該第二通訊目標521用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的一第八特定應用通訊協定PC81來接收該第十電子訊息QEA1。例如,該第九電子訊息QE91是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第五指示訊息。例如,該第十電子訊息QEA1至少包含該電子資料DE61。 When the seventh judgment result RD67 is negative and the eighth judgment result RD68 is positive (or the electronic data length LN61 is less than or equal to the third data limit length LF23) and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is determined by the second Under the condition of the communication target identifier HT21: the The processing unit 710 uses the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained second source target identifier HS21, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21, and uses the A second application-specific communication protocol PC21 transmitting a ninth electronic message QE91 including the second source target identifier HS21, the electronic data DE61, and the second communication target identifier HT21 to the second message service device 670; and the The second message service device 670 responds to the ninth electronic message QE91 to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit a tenth electronic message QEA1 to the second communication target 521, whereby the second communication target 521 uses the The second application-specific communication protocol PC21 matches or is identical to an eighth application-specific communication protocol PC81 to receive the tenth electronic message QEA1. For example, the ninth electronic message QE91 is or serves as a fifth instruction message for instructing the second information service device 670. For example, the tenth electronic message QEA1 includes at least the electronic data DE61.
在該第七判斷結果RD67為否定且該第八判斷結果RD68為肯定(或該電子資料長度LN61小於或等於該第三資料極限長度LF23)且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…所組成的條件下,對於包含於該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…中的每一第二各自識別符:該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該每一第二各自識別符,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源 目標識別符HS21、該電子資料DE61和該每一第二各自識別符的一第十一電子訊息QEB1;以及該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第十一電子訊息QEB1來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向由該每一第二各自識別符所識別的每一第二各自目標傳輸一第十二電子訊息QEC1,藉此該每一第二各自目標用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的一第九特定應用通訊協定PC91來接收各自的該第十二電子訊息QEC1。例如,各自的該第十一電子訊息QEB1是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第六指示訊息。例如,各自的該第十二電子訊息QEC1至少包含該電子資料DE61。 When the seventh judgment result RD67 is negative and the eighth judgment result RD68 is positive (or the electronic data length LN61 is less than or equal to the third data limit length LF23) and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is determined by the second For each of the second respective identifiers included in the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ... under the condition composed of the plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ...: The processing unit 710 is based on the obtained The second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained second source target identifier HS21, the obtained electronic data DE61, and each of the second respective identifiers obtained are obtained using the second specific application communication protocol PC21 The transmission to the second message service device 670 includes the second source. A target identifier HS21, the electronic data DE61, and an eleventh electronic message QEB1 of each second respective identifier; and the second message service device 670 responds to the eleventh electronic message QEB1 to use the second specific application The communication protocol PC21 transmits a twelfth electronic message QEC1 to each second respective target identified by the each second respective identifier, whereby the each second respective target uses the second application-specific communication protocol. PC21 matches or is identical to a ninth application-specific communication protocol PC91 to receive the respective twelfth electronic message QEC1. For example, each of the eleventh electronic messages QEB1 is or serves as a sixth instruction message for instructing the second message service device 670. For example, each of the twelfth electronic messages QEC1 includes at least the electronic data DE61.
在該第七判斷結果RD67為否定且該第八判斷結果RD68為否定以處於該第三特定情況中且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2包含該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,對於包含於該第二複數操作資料部分DF62中的每一第二各自資料部分:該處理單元710基於所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該每一第二各自資料部分和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該每一第二各自資料部分,並藉此使該第二通訊目標521接收該第二複數操作資料部分DF62以組成該電子資料DE61。 Under the condition that the seventh determination result RD67 is negative and the eighth determination result RD68 is negative to be in the third specific case and the second communication target identifier set WT2 includes the second communication target identifier HT21, for Each second respective data part included in the second plural operation data part DF62: the processing unit 710 is based on the obtained second source target identifier HS21, each of the second respective data parts obtained, and all The obtained second communication target identifier HT21 uses the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit each of the second respective data portions to the second communication target 521, and thereby enables the second communication target 521 to receive the second communication target 521. The second plural operation data part DF62 forms the electronic data DE61.
在一些實施例中,在該第六判斷結果RD66為否定的條件下,該處理單元710基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來控制該儲存單元720以從該儲存塊BS21中獲 得所儲存的該電子資料DE61,基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來控制該儲存單元720以從該第二儲存空間SS22中獲得所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並藉此輸出該第七電子訊息QE71、該第九電子訊息QE91、各自的該第十一電子訊息QEB1和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the sixth judgment result RD66 is negative, the processing unit 710 controls the storage unit 720 to obtain the storage block BS21 based on the obtained storage address AS21. The stored electronic data DE61 is obtained, and based on the obtained second memory address AM22, the storage unit 720 is controlled to obtain the stored second source target identifier HS21 and the stored from the second storage space SS22. The second communication target identifier set WT2 is used to output one of the seventh electronic message QE71, the ninth electronic message QE91, the respective eleventh electronic message QEB1, and other functional electronic messages.
在一些實施例中,該第二通訊目標集合520是一第一空集合,或由該第二通訊目標521和該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…的其中之一所組成。該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2是一第二空集合,或由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的其中之一所組成。該第二通訊目標521相同或不同於該第一通訊目標511。該儲存單元720在該儲存區KS2中儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1,並由包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…所組成。例如,該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1是一特定通訊協定識別符陣列,並被預先確定。 In some embodiments, the second communication target set 520 is a first empty set, or is composed of one of the second communication target 521 and the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522,... The second communication target identifier set WT2 is a second empty set, or is composed of one of the second communication target identifier HT21 and the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22,... The second communication target 521 is the same as or different from the first communication target 511. The storage unit 720 stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify the specific application protocol group GP1, and includes a plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, including the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2. Consisting of HP2, ... For example, the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is a specific protocol identifier array and is predetermined.
在一些實施例中,該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…被配置以分別識別該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…,並分別具有由複數序數NP1、NP2、…所分別代表的複數順序位置,藉此該第一通訊協定識別符HP1具有由一第一序數NP1所代表的一第一順序位置,且 該第二通訊協定識別符HP2具有由一第二序數NP2所代表的一第二順序位置。該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…組成該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1,並包含該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。 In some embodiments, the plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2, ... are configured to identify the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ..., respectively, and each has a number represented by a complex ordinal number NP1, NP2, ... Plural sequential positions, whereby the first protocol identifier HP1 has a first sequential position represented by a first ordinal number NP1, and The second communication protocol identifier HP2 has a second sequential position represented by a second ordinal number NP2. The plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... Constitute the application-specific protocol group GP1, and include the first application-specific protocol PC11 and the second application-specific protocol PC21.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中或在該第一資料準備階段UP1之前,該處理單元710基於該第一序數NP1來存取在該儲存區KS2中該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1以獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第二序數NP2來存取在該儲存區KS2中該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2以獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。該處理單元710從該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…,並基於所獲得的該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…來依序在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…下執行與該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…分別相關的複數資料傳輸。 In the first data preparation phase UP1 or before the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 accesses the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2 based on the first ordinal number NP1. The first protocol identifier HP1 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 and accesses the second communication in the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2 based on the second ordinal number NP2. The protocol identifier HP2 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2. The processing unit 710 obtains the plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2,... From the specific protocol identifier group GH1, and sequentially orders the plurality of protocol identifiers based on the obtained plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2, .... Different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... perform plural data transmissions related to the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ..., respectively.
在一些實施例中,該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…的每一識別符是一第一電子郵件位址、一第一電話號碼、一第一統一資源定位符和一第一網路位址的其中之一,並符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。例如,各自的該第一電話號碼是一第一移動電話號碼。該第一來源目標識別符HS11符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1,並要被使用以在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下執行向該電子裝置700的一第三資料傳輸。 In some embodiments, each identifier of the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12,... Is a first email address, a first phone number, a first uniform resource locator, and a first One of the network addresses and conforms to the first target identifier format requirement SF1. For example, the respective first telephone number is a first mobile telephone number. The first source target identifier HS11 complies with the first target identifier format requirement SF1 and is to be used to perform a third data transmission to the electronic device 700 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的每一識別符是一第二電子郵件位址、一第二電話號碼、一第二統一資源定位符和一第二網路位址的其中之一,並符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。例如,各自的該第二電話號碼是一第二移動電話號碼。該第二來源目標識別符HS21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2,並要被使用以在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下執行向該電子裝置700的一第四資料傳輸。 Each identifier of the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22,... Is one of a second email address, a second telephone number, a second uniform resource locator, and a second network address. One and conforms to the second target identifier format specification SF2. For example, the respective second telephone number is a second mobile telephone number. The second source target identifier HS21 complies with the second target identifier format requirement SF2, and is to be used to perform a fourth data transmission to the electronic device 700 under the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置700包含該儲存單元720和該處理單元710。該儲存單元720儲存被配置以識別該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該處理單元710耦合於該儲存單元720,並響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1和該第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一來獲得該電子資料DE61和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的該第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 700 includes the storage unit 720 and the processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 stores the first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify the first application-specific protocol PC11. The processing unit 710 is coupled to the storage unit 720, and responds to one of the first valid request signal QR1 and the second valid request signal QU1 to obtain the electronic data DE61 and is based on the first protocol identifier HP1. The accessed first communication target identifier HT11 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11.
請參閱第7圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8016的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖、第2圖、第3圖、第4圖、第5圖和第6圖,該實施結構8016包含該電子裝置700、該訊息服務系統650、該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521。該訊息服務系統650包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置 670。 Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8016 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4, FIG. 5, and FIG. 6. The implementation structure 8016 includes the electronic device 700, the information service system 650, and the first communication target 511. And the second communication target 521. The message service system 650 includes the first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置700是一第一計算裝置、一第一通訊裝置、一第一使用者裝置、一第一移動裝置、一第一可攜式裝置、一第一桌上型裝置、一第一相對固定裝置、一第一固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一,在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下由該第一來源目標識別符HS11所識別,並在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下由該第二來源目標識別符HS21所識別。例如,該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1包含或獨立於該第一來源目標識別符HS11。該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2包含或獨立於該第二來源目標識別符HS21。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 700 is a first computing device, a first communication device, a first user device, a first mobile device, a first portable device, and a first desktop type. One of the device, a first relative fixed device, a first fixed device, and any combination thereof, is identified by the first source target identifier HS11 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, and in the second The application-specific communication protocol PC21 is identified by the second source target identifier HS21. For example, the first communication target identifier set WT1 includes or is independent of the first source target identifier HS11. The second communication target identifier set WT2 includes or is independent of the second source target identifier HS21.
該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…要被使用以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11分別鏈接到該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…。該第一來源目標識別符HS11要被使用以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11鏈接到該電子裝置700,並是一第三電子郵件位址、一第三電話號碼、一第三統一資源定位符和一第三網路位址的其中之一。例如,該第三電話號碼是一第三移動電話號碼。 The first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ... are to be used to link to the first plural communication target 511, 512, ... using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, respectively. The first source target identifier HS11 is to be used to link to the electronic device 700 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, and is a third email address, a third phone number, and a third uniform resource location. And a third network address. For example, the third phone number is a third mobile phone number.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710執行一特定應用功能FA1。例如,該特定應用功能FA1由一應用功能識別符HF1所識別。該第一特定資料容量值VC61根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第二特定資料容量值VC62根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21、該特定應用功 能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第三特定資料容量值VC63根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第二資料極限長度值VF22根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第三資料極限長度值VF23根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 executes an application-specific function FA1. For example, the application-specific function FA1 is identified by an application function identifier HF1. The first specific data capacity value VC61 is determined in advance according to one of the first specific application communication protocol PC11, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The second specific data capacity value VC62 is based on the second specific application communication protocol PC21, the specific application function The energy FA1 and one of its combinations are predetermined. The third specific data capacity value VC63 is determined in advance according to one of the third specific application communication protocol PC31, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The second data limit length value VF22 is predetermined according to one of the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, the application-specific function FA1, and a combination thereof. The third data limit length value VF23 is predetermined according to one of the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, the application-specific function FA1, and a combination thereof.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元720受該處理單元710控制,包含耦合於該處理單元710的一非揮發性記憶體單元722、和耦合於該處理單元710的一揮發性記憶體單元724,並儲存一儲存資料DN21、該電子資料DE61、該第一應用資料DA21和該第二應用資料DA22。例如,該儲存資料DN21被儲存於該儲存區KS2中。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 720 is controlled by the processing unit 710, and includes a non-volatile memory unit 722 coupled to the processing unit 710 and a volatile memory unit 724 coupled to the processing unit 710. A stored data DN21, the electronic data DE61, the first application data DA21 and the second application data DA22 are stored. For example, the stored data DN21 is stored in the storage area KS2.
當該第一儲存空間SS21是該第一非揮發性記憶體空間時,該第一儲存空間SS21包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元722中。當該第一儲存空間SS21是該第一揮發性記憶體空間時,該第一儲存空間SS21包含於該揮發性記憶體單元724中。當該第二儲存空間SS22是該第二非揮發性記憶體空間時,該第二儲存空間SS22包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元722中。當該第二儲存空間SS22是該第二揮發性記憶體空間時,該第二儲存空間SS22包含於該揮發性記憶體單元724中。 When the first storage space SS21 is the first non-volatile memory space, the first storage space SS21 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 722. When the first storage space SS21 is the first volatile memory space, the first storage space SS21 is included in the volatile memory unit 724. When the second storage space SS22 is the second non-volatile memory space, the second storage space SS22 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 722. When the second storage space SS22 is the second volatile memory space, the second storage space SS22 is included in the volatile memory unit 724.
當該儲存塊BS21是該非揮發性記憶體塊 時,該儲存塊BS21包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元722中。當該儲存塊BS21是該揮發性記憶體塊時,該儲存塊BS21包含於該揮發性記憶體單元724中。當該儲存區KS2是該非揮發性記憶體區域時,該儲存區KS2包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元722中。當該儲存區KS2是該揮發性記憶體區域時,該儲存區KS2包含於該揮發性記憶體單元724中。 When the storage block BS21 is the non-volatile memory block At this time, the storage block BS21 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 722. When the storage block BS21 is the volatile memory block, the storage block BS21 is included in the volatile memory unit 724. When the storage area KS2 is the non-volatile memory area, the storage area KS2 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 722. When the storage area KS2 is the volatile memory area, the storage area KS2 is included in the volatile memory unit 724.
該儲存資料DN21儲存於該儲存區KS2中,並包含該應用功能識別符HF1、該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1、基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中的一第一參考資料DX21、基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中的一第二參考資料DX22、和被儲存於該儲存區KS2中的一第三參考資料DX23。 The stored data DN21 is stored in the storage area KS2, and includes the application function identifier HF1, the specific protocol identifier group GH1, and the data stored in the storage area KS2 based on the first protocol identifier HP1. A first reference material DX21, a second reference material DX22 stored in the storage area KS2 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and a third reference material DX23 stored in the storage area KS2.
該第一參考資料DX21、該第二參考資料DX22和該第三參考資料DX23分別被儲存於一第三記憶體位置PM23、一第四記憶體位置PM24和一第五記憶體位置PM25。該第三記憶體位置PM23、該第四記憶體位置PM24和該第五記憶體位置PM25分別由一第三記憶體位址AM23、一第四記憶體位址AM24和一第五記憶體位址AM25所識別。該第三記憶體位址AM23、該第四記憶體位址AM24分別基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被確定,藉此該第一參考資料DX21、該第二參考資料DX22被配置以分別對應於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。該特定通訊協定識別 符群組GH1包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。 The first reference material DX21, the second reference material DX22, and the third reference material DX23 are stored in a third memory location PM23, a fourth memory location PM24, and a fifth memory location PM25, respectively. The third memory location PM23, the fourth memory location PM24, and the fifth memory location PM25 are identified by a third memory address AM23, a fourth memory address AM24, and a fifth memory address AM25, respectively. . The third memory address AM23 and the fourth memory address AM24 are determined based on the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2, respectively, whereby the first reference material DX21, the second The reference material DX22 is configured to correspond to the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2, respectively. The specific protocol identification The character group GH1 includes the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2.
在一些實施例中,該第三參考資料DX23可選擇地基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中。在該第三參考資料DX23基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中的條件下,該第五記憶體位址AM25基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被確定,藉此該第三參考資料DX23被配置以對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3。 In some embodiments, the third reference material DX23 is optionally stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3. Under the condition that the third reference material DX23 is stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3, the fifth memory address AM25 is determined based on the third protocol identifier HP3. The third reference material DX23 is configured to correspond to the third protocol identifier HP3.
在該第三參考資料DX23基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中且該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下:該第三參考資料DX13包含於該第一參考資料DX11中;該第五記憶體位置PM15是該第三記憶體位置PM13;以及該第五記憶體位址AM15是該第三記憶體位址AM13。 Under the condition that the third reference material DX23 is stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3 and the third protocol identifier HP3 is the first protocol identifier HP1: the third Reference material DX13 is included in the first reference material DX11; the fifth memory location PM15 is the third memory location PM13; and the fifth memory address AM15 is the third memory address AM13.
在該第三參考資料DX23基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下:該第三參考資料DX13包含於該第二參考資料DX12中;該第五記憶體位置PM15是該第四記憶體位置PM14;以及該第五記憶體位址AM15是該第四記憶體位址AM14。 Under the condition that the third reference material DX23 is stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3, the third protocol identifier HP3 is the second protocol identifier HP2: the third reference The data DX13 is included in the second reference material DX12; the fifth memory location PM15 is the fourth memory location PM14; and the fifth memory address AM15 is the fourth memory address AM14.
該第一參考資料DX21包含第一複數應用參數,該第一複數應用參數包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1、該第一參考邏輯 值VR11、該第一特定資料容量值VC61、該第二資料極限長度值VF22、該第一記憶體位址AM21和該第一顯示坐標資料DP21。該第二參考資料DX22包含第二複數應用參數,該第二複數應用參數包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2、該第二參考邏輯值VR21、該第二特定資料容量值VC62、該第三資料極限長度值VF23、該第二記憶體位址AM22和該第二顯示坐標資料DP22。該第三參考資料DX23包含第三複數應用參數,該第三複數應用參數包含該第三特定資料容量值VC63、該儲存器位址AS21和該第三顯示坐標資料DP23。 The first reference material DX21 includes a first plural application parameter, and the first plural application parameter includes the first source target identifier HS11, the first candidate target identifier set WM1, and the first reference logic The value VR11, the first specific data capacity value VC61, the second data limit length value VF22, the first memory address AM21, and the first display coordinate data DP21. The second reference material DX22 includes a second complex application parameter, and the second complex application parameter includes the second source target identifier HS21, the second candidate target identifier set WM2, the second reference logical value VR21, the second The specific data capacity value VC62, the third data limit length value VF23, the second memory address AM22, and the second display coordinate data DP22. The third reference material DX23 includes a third complex application parameter, and the third complex application parameter includes the third specific data capacity value VC63, the storage address AS21, and the third display coordinate data DP23.
該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第三記憶體位址AM23,並基於所獲得的該第三記憶體位址AM23來存取包含於該第一複數應用參數中的至少一第一應用參數以獲得該至少一第一應用參數。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第四記憶體位址AM24,並基於所獲得的該第四記憶體位址AM24來存取包含於該第二複數應用參數中的至少一第二應用參數以獲得該至少一第二應用參數。 The processing unit 710 obtains the third memory address AM23 based on the first protocol identifier HP1, and accesses at least one of the first plurality of application parameters based on the obtained third memory address AM23. The first application parameter to obtain the at least one first application parameter. The processing unit 710 obtains the fourth memory address AM24 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and accesses at least one of the second plurality of application parameters based on the obtained fourth memory address AM24. The second application parameter to obtain the at least one second application parameter.
該處理單元710獲得該第五記憶體位址AM25,並基於所獲得的該第五記憶體位址AM25來存取包含於該第三複數應用參數中的至少一第三應用參數以獲得該至少一第三應用參數。例如,在該第三參考資料DX23基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS2中的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第三通訊協定識別符 HP3來獲得該第五記憶體位址AM25。 The processing unit 710 obtains the fifth memory address AM25, and accesses at least one third application parameter included in the third plurality of application parameters based on the obtained fifth memory address AM25 to obtain the at least one first Three application parameters. For example, under the condition that the third reference material DX23 is stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3, the processing unit 710 is based on the third protocol identifier HP3 to obtain the fifth memory address AM25.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710包含一通訊介面單元714和一處理器712。該通訊介面單元714耦合於該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670。例如,該通訊介面單元714是一無線介面單元和一有線介面單元的其中之一。該處理器712耦合於該儲存單元720和該通訊介面單元714,並控制該儲存單元720和該通訊介面單元714。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 includes a communication interface unit 714 and a processor 712. The communication interface unit 714 is coupled to the first information service device 660 and the second information service device 670. For example, the communication interface unit 714 is one of a wireless interface unit and a wired interface unit. The processor 712 is coupled to the storage unit 720 and the communication interface unit 714, and controls the storage unit 720 and the communication interface unit 714.
在一些實施例中,該處理器712從該儲存區KS2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來從該儲存區KS2中獲得表示該第一資料容量CD61的該第一特定資料容量值VC61,基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC61來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的該第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的該第一記憶體位址AM21,基於所獲得的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來從該儲存區KS2中獲得表示該第三資料容量CD63的該第三特定資料容量值VC63,基於所獲得的該第三特定資料容量值VC63來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第三資料容量CD63的該儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的該儲存器位址AS21,基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來在該儲存塊BS21中準備該電子資料DE61,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來在該第一儲存空間SS21中準備該第一通 訊目標識別符HT11。 In some embodiments, the processor 712 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2, and obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first specific data capacity value VC61 representing the first data capacity CD61 is obtained in the storage area KS2, and the first data capacity CD61 is allocated in the storage unit 720 based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC61. The first storage space SS21 to obtain the first memory address AM21 configured to identify the first storage space SS21, and obtain the representation from the storage area KS2 based on the obtained third protocol identifier HP3 The third specific data capacity value VC63 of the third data capacity CD63 is allocated in the storage unit 720 based on the obtained third specific data capacity value VC63 to the storage block BS21 having the third data capacity CD63 to obtain Configured to identify the storage address AS21 of the storage block BS21, prepare the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21 based on the obtained storage address AS21, and based on the obtained A first memory address of the first through AM21 prepared in the first storage space in the SS21 Message target identifier HT11.
在該處理器712於該儲存單元720中完成準備該電子資料DE61、該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來控制該儲存單元720分開地存取所準備的該電子資料DE61和所準備的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以使該通訊介面單元714從該儲存塊BS21和該第一儲存空間SS21中分開地獲得所準備的該電子資料DE61和所準備的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來控制該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 On the condition that the processor 712 completes the preparation of the electronic data DE61, the first communication target identifier HT11, and the second communication target identifier HT21 in the storage unit 720, the processor 712 is based on the obtained memory The address AS21 and the obtained first memory address AM21 are used to control the storage unit 720 to separately access the prepared electronic data DE61 and the prepared first communication target identifier HT11 so that the communication interface unit 714 The prepared electronic data DE61 and the prepared first communication target identifier HT11 are obtained separately from the storage block BS21 and the first storage space SS21, and based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, The communication interface unit 714 is controlled so that the communication interface unit 714 transmits the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
該處理器712基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來輸出一第一控制訊號QT21到該通訊介面單元714。該通訊介面單元714基於該第一控制訊號QT21、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一訊息服務裝置660輸出該第一電子訊息QE11、該第三電子訊息QE31、各自的該第五電子訊息QE51和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 The processor 712 outputs a first control signal QT21 to the communication interface unit based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained memory address AS21, and the obtained first memory address AM21. 714. The communication interface unit 714 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to the first message service device 660 based on the first control signal QT21, the obtained electronic data DE61, and the obtained first communication target identifier HT11. One of the first electronic message QE11, the third electronic message QE31, the respective fifth electronic message QE51, and other functional electronic messages is output.
該處理器712從該儲存區KS2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符 HP2,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來從該儲存區KS2中獲得表示該第二資料容量CD62的該第二特定資料容量值VC62,基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC62來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的該第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的該第二記憶體位址AM22,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來在該第二儲存空間SS22中準備該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 The processor 712 obtains the second protocol identifier from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2 HP2, based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, obtains the second specific data capacity value VC62 representing the second data capacity CD62 from the storage area KS2, based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC62 allocates the second storage space SS22 with the second data capacity CD62 in the storage unit 720 to obtain the second memory address AM22 configured to identify the second storage space SS22, and based on the obtained The second memory address AM22 is used to prepare the second communication target identifier HT21 in the second storage space SS22.
在該處理器712於該儲存單元720中完成準備該電子資料DE61、該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來控制該儲存單元720分開地存取所準備的該電子資料DE61和所準備的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以使該通訊介面單元714從該儲存塊BS21和該第二儲存空間SS22中分開地獲得所準備的該電子資料DE61和所準備的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來控制該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。 On the condition that the processor 712 finishes preparing the electronic data DE61, the first communication target identifier HT11, and the second communication target identifier HT21 in the storage unit 720, the processor 712 is based on the obtained memory The address AS21 and the obtained second memory address AM22 are used to control the storage unit 720 to separately access the prepared electronic data DE61 and the prepared second communication target identifier HT21 so that the communication interface unit 714 The prepared electronic data DE61 and the prepared second communication target identifier HT21 are obtained separately from the storage block BS21 and the second storage space SS22, and based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, The communication interface unit 714 is controlled so that the communication interface unit 714 transmits the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521 using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
該處理器712基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來輸出一第二控制訊號QT22到該通訊介面單元714。該通訊介面單元714基於該第二控制訊號 QT22、所獲得的該電子資料DE61和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二訊息服務裝置670輸出該第七電子訊息QE71、該第九電子訊息QE91、各自的該第十一電子訊息QEB1和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 The processor 712 outputs a second control signal QT22 to the communication interface unit based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained memory address AS21, and the obtained second memory address AM22. 714. The communication interface unit 714 is based on the second control signal QT22, the obtained electronic data DE61 and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21 use the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to output the seventh electronic message QE71 to the second information service device 670, the ninth One of the electronic message QE91, the respective eleventh electronic message QEB1, and other functional electronic messages.
在一些實施例中,在該第二判斷結果RD62為否定的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來控制該儲存單元720和該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714從該儲存塊BS21和該第一儲存空間SS21中獲得所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所儲存的該電子資料DE61和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並輸出該第一控制訊號QT21到該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而輸出該第一電子訊息QE11、該第三電子訊息QE31、各自的該第五電子訊息QE51和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the second determination result RD62 is negative, the processor 712 controls the storage unit 720 based on the obtained memory address AS21 and the obtained first memory address AM21. And the communication interface unit 714, so that the communication interface unit 714 obtains the stored first source target identifier HS11, the stored electronic data DE61, and the stored data from the storage block BS21 and the first storage space SS21. The first communication target identifier set WT1, and outputs the first control signal QT21 to the communication interface unit 714 so that the communication interface unit 714 outputs the first electronic message QE11 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, the One of the third electronic message QE31, the respective fifth electronic message QE51, and other functional electronic messages.
在該第六判斷結果RD66為否定的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21和所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來控制該儲存單元720和該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714從該第二儲存空間SS22中獲得所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所儲存的該電子資料DE61和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並輸出該第二控制訊號QT22到該通訊介面單元714以使該通訊介面單元714用該第二特定應用通訊協定 PC21而輸出該第七電子訊息QE71、該第九電子訊息QE91、各自的該第十一電子訊息QEB1和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 Under the condition that the sixth judgment result RD66 is negative, the processor 712 controls the storage unit 720 and the communication interface unit 714 based on the obtained memory address AS21 and the obtained second memory address AM22. The communication interface unit 714 obtains the stored second source target identifier HS21, the stored electronic data DE61, and the stored second communication target identifier set WT2 from the second storage space SS22, and Output the second control signal QT22 to the communication interface unit 714 so that the communication interface unit 714 uses the second application-specific communication protocol The PC 21 outputs one of the seventh electronic message QE71, the ninth electronic message QE91, the respective eleventh electronic message QEB1, and other functional electronic messages.
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊目標511是一第二計算裝置、一第二通訊裝置、一第二使用者裝置、一第二移動裝置、一第二可攜式裝置、一第二桌上型裝置、一第二相對固定裝置、一第二固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一。該第二通訊目標521是一第三計算裝置、一第三通訊裝置、一第三使用者裝置、一第三移動裝置、一第三可攜式裝置、一第三桌上型裝置、一第三相對固定裝置、一第三固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一。 In some embodiments, the first communication target 511 is a second computing device, a second communication device, a second user device, a second mobile device, a second portable device, and a second table. One of a top device, a second relative fixing device, a second fixing device, and any combination thereof. The second communication target 521 is a third computing device, a third communication device, a third user device, a third mobile device, a third portable device, a third desktop device, a first One of three relative fixing devices, one third fixing device, and any combination thereof.
請參閱第8圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8017的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖、第2圖、第4圖、第6圖和第7圖,該實施結構8017包含該電子裝置700、一網路610、該訊息服務系統650、該第一通訊目標511和一使用者910。該訊息服務系統650包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670。該電子裝置700包含該處理單元710、該儲存單元720和該顯示單元730。該顯示單元730耦合於該處理器712,受該處理器712控制以顯示該電子資料DE61、該第一應用資料DA21的資料內容和該第二應用資料DA22的資料內容。 Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 8017 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 4, FIG. 6, and FIG. 7 for reference. The implementation structure 8017 includes the electronic device 700, a network 610, the information service system 650, and the first communication target. 511 and a user 910. The message service system 650 includes the first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670. The electronic device 700 includes the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720, and the display unit 730. The display unit 730 is coupled to the processor 712, and is controlled by the processor 712 to display the data content of the electronic data DE61, the first application data DA21, and the data content of the second application data DA22.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置700是該第一計算裝置、該第一通訊裝置、該第一使用者裝置、該第一 移動裝置、該第一可攜式裝置、該第一桌上型裝置、該第一相對固定裝置、該第一固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一,由該使用者910所使用,並進一步包含一輸入單元740、一感測單元750和一定時器760。該輸入單元740耦合於該處理器712,受該處理器712控制,並提供一第一輸入資料DB21給該處理器712。該感測單元750耦合於該處理器712,受該處理器712控制,並提供一感測資料DQ21給該處理器712。該定時器760耦合於該處理器712,並受該處理器712控制。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 700 is the first computing device, the first communication device, the first user device, the first One of the mobile device, the first portable device, the first desktop device, the first relatively fixed device, the first fixed device, and any combination thereof is used by the user 910 and further It includes an input unit 740, a sensing unit 750, and a timer 760. The input unit 740 is coupled to the processor 712, is controlled by the processor 712, and provides a first input data DB21 to the processor 712. The sensing unit 750 is coupled to the processor 712, is controlled by the processor 712, and provides a sensing data DQ21 to the processor 712. The timer 760 is coupled to and controlled by the processor 712.
該通訊介面單元714進一步耦合於該網路610,並接收包含一第二輸入資料DY21的一輸入訊息QY21。例如,該通訊介面單元714通過該網路610來接收該輸入訊息QY21。例如,該通訊介面單元714從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該輸入訊息QY21。該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670皆耦合於該網路610,並皆包含於該訊息服務系統650中。該電子裝置700進一步包含一匯流排780,該匯流排780耦合於該處理器712、該通訊介面單元714、該定時器760、該儲存單元720、該輸入單元740、該顯示單元730和該感測單元750。例如,該通訊介面單元714通過該網路610來向該第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61,並通過該網路610來向該第一通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。 The communication interface unit 714 is further coupled to the network 610 and receives an input message QY21 including a second input data DY21. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the input message QY21 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the input message QY21 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521. The first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670 are both coupled to the network 610 and both are included in the message service system 650. The electronic device 700 further includes a bus 780, which is coupled to the processor 712, the communication interface unit 714, the timer 760, the storage unit 720, the input unit 740, the display unit 730, and the sensor.测 Unit 750. For example, the communication interface unit 714 transmits the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511 through the network 610, and transmits the electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 521 through the network 610.
在該電子裝置700被應用於該第一特定應 用通訊協定PC11的條件下,儲存在該儲存區KS2中的該第一來源目標識別符HS11作為被配置以識別該使用者910的一第一使用者識別符。在該電子裝置700被應用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的條件下,儲存在該儲存區KS2中的該第二來源目標識別符HS21作為被配置以識別該使用者910的一第二使用者識別符。 The electronic device 700 is applied to the first specific application Under the condition of the communication protocol PC11, the first source identifier HS11 stored in the storage area KS2 is used as a first user identifier configured to identify the user 910. Under the condition that the electronic device 700 is applied to the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, the second source target identifier HS21 stored in the storage area KS2 serves as a second use configured to identify the user 910 Person identifier.
在一些實施例中,該處理器712響應與該輸入單元740和該使用者910相關的一第一使用者輸入操作PW21、與該輸入訊息QY21相關的一訊息接收、由該通訊介面單元714所接收的一第一特定請求訊息QM1、和與該定時器760相關的一第一整數溢位的其中之一來接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1以使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。 In some embodiments, the processor 712 responds to a first user input operation PW21 related to the input unit 740 and the user 910, a message received related to the input message QY21, and is received by the communication interface unit 714. One of a received first specific request message QM1 and a first integer overflow associated with the timer 760 to receive the first valid request signal QR1 to enable the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1.
在一些實施例中,該通訊介面單元714接收包含一第一特定控制指令的該第一特定請求訊息QM1。例如,該第一特定請求訊息QM1是該第一輸入請求訊息,藉此該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一特定請求訊息QM1。該處理器712基於該第一特定控制指令來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。例如,該通訊介面單元714通過該網路610來接收該第一特定請求訊息QM1。例如,該通訊介面單元714從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該第一特定請求訊息QM1。 In some embodiments, the communication interface unit 714 receives the first specific request message QM1 including a first specific control command. For example, the first specific request message QM1 is the first input request message, whereby the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first specific request message QM1. The processor 712 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation phase UP1 based on the first specific control instruction. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the first specific request message QM1 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the first specific request message QM1 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521.
在一些實施例中,該輸入單元740響應該第 一使用者輸入操作PW21來提供該第一有效請求訊號QR1給該處理器712,其中該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一中斷請求訊號。在一些實施例中,該定時器760響應該第一整數溢位來提供該第一有效請求訊號QR1給該處理器712,其中該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, the input unit 740 responds to the first A user inputs operation PW21 to provide the first valid request signal QR1 to the processor 712, where the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first interrupt request signal. In some embodiments, the timer 760 provides the first valid request signal QR1 to the processor 712 in response to the first integer overflow. The first valid request signal QR1 may be the first interrupt request signal.
在該處理單元710響應該訊息接收來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下:該第二輸入資料DY21包含該電子資料DE61、該第一應用資料DA21和該第二應用資料DA22;以及在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來獲得該儲存器位址AS21,並基於所獲得的該儲存器位址AS21來使該儲存單元720將所接收的該電子資料DE61儲存到該儲存塊BS21中。例如,該訊息接收造成提供該第一有效請求訊號QR1到該處理器712以使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1,其中該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一中斷請求訊號。 Under the condition that the processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the message reception: the second input data DY21 includes the electronic data DE61, the first application data DA21, and the second application Data DA22; and in the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the third protocol identifier HP3 based on the third protocol identifier HP3 obtained from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS2. The storage address AS21 is used to cause the storage unit 720 to store the received electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21 based on the obtained storage address AS21. For example, the reception of the message causes the first valid request signal QR1 to be provided to the processor 712 to cause the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1, where the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first interrupt request signal .
在該處理單元710響應該訊息接收來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下:在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記憶體位址AM21,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM21來使該儲 存單元720將所接收的該第一應用資料DA21儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS21中;以及在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710基於從該儲存區KS2中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM22來使該儲存單元720將所接收的該第二應用資料DA22儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS22中。 Under the condition that the processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the message reception: In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 is based on the The first protocol identifier HP1 obtained in the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is used to obtain the first memory address AM21, and the storage is based on the obtained first memory address AM21. The storage unit 720 stores or writes the received first application data DA21 to the first storage space SS21; and in the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 is based on the data from the storage area KS2. The second protocol identifier HP2 obtained in the specific protocol identifier group GH1 obtains the second memory address AM22, and based on the obtained second memory address AM22, causes the storage unit 720 to copy the The received second application data DA22 is stored in or written to the second storage space SS22.
該第一記憶體位址AM21是一第一基底位址和一第一結束位址的其中之一,藉此該第一記憶體位置PM21對應地是一第一基底位置和一第一結束位置的其中之一。該第二記憶體位址AM22是一第二基底位址和一第二結束位址的其中之一,藉此該第二記憶體位置PM22對應地是一第二基底位置和一第二結束位置的其中之一。 The first memory address AM21 is one of a first base address and a first end address, whereby the first memory position PM21 is corresponding to a first base position and a first end position. one of them. The second memory address AM22 is one of a second base address and a second end address, whereby the second memory position PM22 is corresponding to a second base position and a second end position. one of them.
在該處理單元710響應該第一使用者輸入操作PW21來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下,該處理單元710在該第一資料準備階段UP1中響應與該輸入單元740和該使用者910相關的一第二使用者輸入操作PW22來在該儲存塊BS21中準備該電子資料DE61,在該第一儲存空間SS21中準備該第一應用資料DA21,並在該第二儲存空間SS22中準備該第二應用資料DA22。 Under the condition that the processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first user input operation PW21, the processing unit 710 responds to the input unit in the first data preparation stage UP1. 740 A second user related to the user 910 inputs operation PW22 to prepare the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21, prepares the first application data DA21 in the first storage space SS21, and The second application data DA22 is prepared in the storage space SS22.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元710完成準備該第一應用資料DA21和該第二應用資料DA22的條件下,該處理器712響應與該輸入單元740和該使用者910 相關的一第三使用者輸入操作PW23、由該通訊介面單元714所接收的一第二特定請求訊息QM2、和相關於該定時器760的一第二整數溢位的其中之一來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 710 finishes preparing the first application data DA21 and the second application data DA22, the processor 712 responds with the input unit 740 and the user 910. A related third user input operation PW23, a second specific request message QM2 received by the communication interface unit 714, and a second integer overflow related to the timer 760 are used to receive the first Two valid request signals QU1.
在一些實施例中,該通訊介面單元714接收包含一第二特定控制指令的該第二特定請求訊息QM2。例如,該第二特定請求訊息QM2是該第二輸入請求訊息,藉此該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二特定請求訊息QM2。該處理器712基於該第二特定控制指令來使該電子裝置700離開該第一資料準備階段UP1以進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1。例如,該通訊介面單元714通過該網路610來接收該第二特定請求訊息QM2。例如,該通訊介面單元714從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該第二特定請求訊息QM2。 In some embodiments, the communication interface unit 714 receives the second specific request message QM2 including a second specific control command. For example, the second specific request message QM2 is the second input request message, whereby the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second specific request message QM2. The processor 712 causes the electronic device 700 to leave the first data preparation stage UP1 to enter the first data transmission stage UT1 based on the second specific control instruction. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the second specific request message QM2 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 714 receives the second specific request message QM2 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521.
在一些實施例中,該輸入單元740響應該第三使用者輸入操作PW13來提供該第二有效請求訊號QU1給該處理器712,其中該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二中斷請求訊號。在一些實施例中,該定時器760響應該第二整數溢位來提供該第二有效請求訊號QU1給該處理器712,其中該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, the input unit 740 provides the second valid request signal QU1 to the processor 712 in response to the third user input operation PW13, wherein the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second interrupt request signal . In some embodiments, the timer 760 provides the second valid request signal QU1 to the processor 712 in response to the second integer overflow, wherein the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second interrupt request signal.
在該處理單元710響應該第一使用者輸入操作PW21來使該電子裝置700進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下,該處理單元710基於由該電子裝置700所 提供的一第三應用資料DA23來確定用於該特定應用功能FA1的該電子資料DE61。例如,該第三應用資料DA23是該第一輸入資料DB21、該儲存資料DN21、該感測資料DQ21、該第二輸入資料DY21和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該第一所欲邏輯值VK11、該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11、該第二所欲邏輯值VK21和該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21皆基於該第三應用資料DA23而被確定,並是該使用者910所欲的。 Under the condition that the processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first user input operation PW21, the processing unit 710 is based on the information provided by the electronic device 700. A third application data DA23 is provided to determine the electronic data DE61 for the specific application function FA1. For example, the third application data DA23 is one of the first input data DB21, the stored data DN21, the sensing data DQ21, the second input data DY21, and any combination thereof. For example, the first desired logical value VK11, the at least one first desired target identifier HK11, the second desired logical value VK21, and the at least one second desired target identifier HK21 are all based on the third application data DA23 was determined and was what the user 910 wanted.
該訊息服務系統650包含分別支援該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的複數訊息服務裝置660、670、…。例如,該複數訊息服務裝置660、670、…包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670,並皆耦合於該通訊介面單元714和該網路610。例如,該特定應用功能FA1為一服務功能、一通訊功能、一控制功能、一資料處理功能、一資料分析功能、一資料轉換功能、和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該通訊介面單元714通過該網路610來向向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸該第一電子訊息QE11、該第三電子訊息QE31、各自的該第五電子訊息QE51和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一,並通過該網路610來向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸該第七電子訊息QE71、該第九電子訊息QE91、各自的該第十一電子訊息QEB1和其他功能電子訊息的其中之一。 The message service system 650 includes a plurality of message service devices 660, 670, ... that respectively support the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, .... For example, the plurality of message service devices 660, 670,... Include the first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670, and are all coupled to the communication interface unit 714 and the network 610. For example, the specific application function FA1 is one of a service function, a communication function, a control function, a data processing function, a data analysis function, a data conversion function, and any combination thereof. For example, the communication interface unit 714 transmits the first electronic message QE11, the third electronic message QE31, the fifth electronic message QE51, and other functional electronic messages to the first message service device 660 through the network 610. One of them, and transmits the seventh electronic message QE71, the ninth electronic message QE91, the eleventh electronic message QEB1, and other functional electronic messages to the second information service device 670 through the network 610. One.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710在該第一資料準備階段UP1中基於該第一輸入資料DB21、該儲存資 料DN21、該感測資料DQ21、該第二輸入資料DY21和其任意組合的其中之一來確定該電子資料DE61。例如,該電子資料DE61為一服務資料、一物品資料、一製造資料、一材料資料、一管理資料、和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該通訊介面單元714支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。例如,該輸入單元740在該第一資料準備階段UP1中響應與該使用者910相關的一第四使用者輸入操作PW24來提供該第一輸入資料DB21。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 is based on the first input data DB21 and the stored data in the first data preparation stage UP1. One of the data DN21, the sensing data DQ21, the second input data DY21, and any combination thereof is used to determine the electronic data DE61. For example, the electronic data DE61 is one of a service data, an article data, a manufacturing data, a material data, a management data, and any combination thereof. For example, the communication interface unit 714 supports the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the input unit 740 provides the first input data DB21 in response to a fourth user input operation PW24 related to the user 910 in the first data preparation phase UP1.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1之後的一第二資料準備階段UP2中響應與該使用者910和該輸入單元740相關的一第五使用者輸入操作PW25來將儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一應用資料DA21改變成一第四應用資料DA24及/或將儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61改變成一改變的資料DE81。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 responds to a fifth user input operation PW25 related to the user 910 and the input unit 740 in a second data preparation phase UP2 after the first data transmission phase UT1. The first application data DA21 stored in the first storage space SS21 is changed to a fourth application data DA24 and / or the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 is changed to a changed data DE81.
例如,該處理單元710可選擇地響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW25來改變儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61的一資料內容以形成該改變的資料DE81。該處理單元710可選擇地進一步響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW25來改變儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一有效邏輯值VE11的一邏輯值內容以形成該第四應用資料DA24。該處理單元710可選擇地進一步響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW25來改變儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的一識別符集合內容以形成 該第四應用資料DA24。 For example, the processing unit 710 may selectively respond to the fifth user input operation PW25 to change a data content of the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 to form the changed data DE81. The processing unit 710 may optionally further respond to the fifth user input operation PW25 to change a logic value content of the first valid logic value VE11 stored in the first storage space SS21 to form the fourth application data DA24. The processing unit 710 may optionally further respond to the fifth user input operation PW25 to change an identifier set content of the first communication target identifier set WT1 stored in the first storage space SS21 to form The fourth application data DA24.
在一些實施例中,在儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一應用資料DA21被改變成該第四應用資料DA24及/或儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61被改變成該改變的資料DE81的條件下,該處理單元710響應與該使用者910和該輸入單元740相關的一第六使用者輸入操作PW26來接收一第三有效請求訊號QU2,並響應該第三有效請求訊號QU2來使該電子裝置700進入在該第二資料準備階段UP2之後的一第二資料傳輸階段UT2。例如,該第三有效請求訊號QU2是一第三中斷請求訊號和一第三輸入請求訊息的其中之一。 In some embodiments, the first application data DA21 stored in the first storage space SS21 is changed to the fourth application data DA24 and / or the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 is changed to Under the condition of the changed data DE81, the processing unit 710 responds to a sixth user input operation PW26 related to the user 910 and the input unit 740 to receive a third valid request signal QU2 and respond to the third valid The signal QU2 is requested to make the electronic device 700 enter a second data transmission phase UT2 after the second data preparation phase UP2. For example, the third valid request signal QU2 is one of a third interrupt request signal and a third input request message.
該處理單元710在該第二資料傳輸階段UT2中基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第四應用資料DA24以從該儲存單元720獲得該第四應用資料DA24及/或該改變的資料DE81,並基於所獲得的該第四應用資料DA24及/或所獲得的該改變的資料DE81來執行一第五資料傳輸TD5。例如,該處理單元710響應一第四有效請求訊號QR2來使該電子裝置700進入該第二資料準備階段UP2。 The processing unit 710 accesses the fourth application data DA24 stored in the first storage space SS21 to obtain the first application data DA24 from the storage unit 720 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 in the second data transmission phase UT2. The fourth application data DA24 and / or the changed data DE81, and a fifth data transmission TD5 is performed based on the obtained fourth application data DA24 and / or the obtained changed data DE81. For example, the processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter the second data preparation stage UP2 in response to a fourth valid request signal QR2.
請參閱第9圖,其為繪示於第1圖中的該通訊系統801的一實施結構8018的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第1圖、第2圖、第4圖、第6圖、第7圖和第8圖,該實施結構8018包含該電子裝置700和該使用者910。該電子裝置700包含該處理單元710、該儲存單元720和該顯示單元 730。該顯示單元730包含與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1相關的該第一顯示區域KD21、與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2相關的一第二顯示區域KD22、和與該第三通訊協定識別符HP3相關的該顯示區塊BD21。 Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8018 of the communication system 801 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 4, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8 in an auxiliary manner. The implementation structure 8018 includes the electronic device 700 and the user 910. The electronic device 700 includes the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720, and the display unit. 730. The display unit 730 includes the first display area KD21 related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, a second display area KD22 related to the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and the third communication protocol identifier This display block BD21 related to HP3.
例如,該第一顯示區域KD21包含相依於第一複數顯示參考位置PR11、PR12、PR13和PR14的一第一顯示邊界ND21,並具有正比於該第一特定資料容量值VC61的一第一顯示面積值VA21。該第二顯示區域KD22包含相依於第二複數顯示參考位置PR21、PR22、PR23和PR24的一第二顯示邊界ND22,並具有正比於該第二特定資料容量值VC62的一第二顯示面積值VA22。該顯示區塊BD21包含相依於第三複數顯示參考位置PR31、PR32、PR33和PR34的一第三顯示邊界ND23,並具有正比於該第三特定資料容量值VC63的一第三顯示面積值VA23。 For example, the first display area KD21 includes a first display boundary ND21 dependent on the first plural display reference positions PR11, PR12, PR13, and PR14, and has a first display area proportional to the first specific data capacity value VC61. Value VA21. The second display area KD22 includes a second display boundary ND22 dependent on the second plural display reference positions PR21, PR22, PR23, and PR24, and has a second display area value VA22 that is proportional to the second specific data capacity value VC62. . The display block BD21 includes a third display boundary ND23 that is dependent on the third plural display reference positions PR31, PR32, PR33, and PR34, and has a third display area value VA23 that is proportional to the third specific data capacity value VC63.
該第一顯示區域KD21、該第二顯示區域KD22和該顯示區塊BD21是不同的,並分別由與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1相關的該第一顯示坐標資料DP21、與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2相關的一第二顯示坐標資料DP22、和與該第三通訊協定識別符HP3相關的一第三顯示坐標資料DP23所表示。例如,該第一顯示坐標資料DP21包含被配置以分別表示該第一複數顯示參考位置PR11、PR12、PR13和PR14的第一複數螢幕參考坐標,並相依於該第一顯示面積值VA21。該第二顯示坐標資料DP22包含被配置以分別表示該第二複數顯示參考位置PR21、PR22、 PR23和PR24的第二複數螢幕參考坐標,並相依於該第二顯示面積值VA22。該第三顯示坐標資料DP23包含被配置以分別表示該第三複數顯示參考位置PR31、PR32、PR33和PR34的第三複數螢幕參考坐標,並相依於該第三顯示面積值VA23。 The first display area KD21, the second display area KD22, and the display block BD21 are different, and are respectively composed of the first display coordinate data DP21 related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and the second communication A second display coordinate data DP22 related to the protocol identifier HP2 and a third display coordinate data DP23 related to the third communication protocol identifier HP3 are indicated. For example, the first display coordinate data DP21 includes first complex screen reference coordinates configured to represent the first complex display reference positions PR11, PR12, PR13, and PR14, respectively, and is dependent on the first display area value VA21. The second display coordinate data DP22 includes information configured to indicate the second plural display reference positions PR21, PR22, The second complex screen reference coordinates of PR23 and PR24 are dependent on the second display area value VA22. The third display coordinate data DP23 includes third complex screen reference coordinates configured to represent the third complex display reference positions PR31, PR32, PR33, and PR34, respectively, and is dependent on the third display area value VA23.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一特定資料容量值VC61以獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC61來確定或預先確定該第一顯示坐標資料DP21,藉此該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21,基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來在該儲存區KS2中儲存該第一顯示坐標資料DP21,並基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存在該儲存區KS2中的該第一顯示坐標資料DP21。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 accesses the first specific data capacity value VC61 stored in the storage area KS2 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the first A specific data capacity value VC61, and the first display coordinate data DP21 is determined or predetermined based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC61, whereby the processing unit 710 obtains based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. The first display coordinate data DP21 stores the first display coordinate data DP21 in the storage area KS2 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and accesses and stores in the storage based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. The first display coordinate data DP21 in the area KS2.
該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二特定資料容量值VC62以獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC62,並基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC62來確定或預先確定該第二顯示坐標資料DP22,藉此該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22,基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來在該儲存區KS2中儲存該第二顯示坐標資料DP22,並基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存在該儲存區KS2 中的該第二顯示坐標資料DP22。 The processing unit 710 accesses the second specific data capacity value VC62 stored in the storage area KS2 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the second specific data capacity value VC62. And determine or predetermine the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC62, whereby the processing unit 710 obtains the second display coordinate data based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 DP22, stores the second display coordinate data DP22 in the storage area KS2 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and accesses and stores the storage area KS2 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. The second display coordinate data in DP22.
該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來存取儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第三特定資料容量值VC63以獲得該第三特定資料容量值VC63,並基於所獲得的該第三特定資料容量值VC63來確定或預先確定該第三顯示坐標資料DP23,藉此該處理單元710基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來獲得該第三顯示坐標資料DP23,基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來在該儲存區KS2中儲存該第三顯示坐標資料DP23,並基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來存取儲存在該儲存區KS2中的該第三顯示坐標資料DP23。 The processing unit 710 accesses the third specific data capacity value VC63 stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3 stored in the storage area KS2 to obtain the third specific data capacity value VC63. And determine or predetermine the third display coordinate data DP23 based on the obtained third specific data capacity value VC63, whereby the processing unit 710 obtains the third display coordinate data based on the third communication protocol identifier HP3. DP23, based on the third protocol identifier HP3, stores the third display coordinate data DP23 in the storage area KS2, and accesses the first display coordinate data stored in the storage area KS2 based on the third protocol identifier HP3. Three display coordinate data DP23.
該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21,並基於所獲得的該第一顯示坐標資料DP21來使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示代表該第一來源目標識別符HS11的一第一來源目標識別資訊MS11、和代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11。例如,在該處理器712接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該第一顯示坐標資料DP21來使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示該第一來源目標識別資訊MS11和該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11。例如,該第一來源目標識別資訊MS11相同或不同於該第一來源目標識別符HS11。例如,該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11相同或不同於該第一通訊目標識 別符HT11。 The processing unit 710 obtains the first display coordinate data DP21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 stored in the storage area KS2, and causes the display unit 730 to display the first display coordinate data DP21 based on the obtained first display coordinate data DP21. The first display area KD21 displays a first source target identification information MS11 representing the first source target identifier HS11 and the first communication target identification information MH11 representing the first communication target identifier HT11. For example, under the condition that the processor 712 receives the first valid request signal QR1, the processor 712 causes the display unit 730 to display the display unit 730 on the first display area KD21 based on the obtained first display coordinate data DP21. The first source target identification information MS11 and the first communication target identification information MH11. For example, the first source target identification information MS11 is the same as or different from the first source target identifier HS11. For example, the first communication target identification information MH11 is the same as or different from the first communication target identifier. Do not sign HT11.
該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22,並基於所獲得的該第二顯示坐標資料DP22來使該顯示單元730在該第二顯示區域KD22上顯示代表該第二來源目標識別符HS21的一第二來源目標識別資訊MS21、和代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。例如,在該處理器712接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該第二顯示坐標資料DP22來使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD22上顯示該第二來源目標識別資訊MS21和該第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。例如,該第二來源目標識別資訊MS21相同或不同於該第二來源目標識別符HS21。例如,該第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21相同或不同於該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 The processing unit 710 obtains the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the storage area KS2, and causes the display unit 730 to display the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the obtained second display coordinate data DP22. A second source target identification information MS21 representing the second source target identifier HS21 and a second communication target identification information MH21 representing the second communication target identifier HT21 are displayed in the second display area KD22. For example, under the condition that the processor 712 receives the first valid request signal QR1, the processor 712 causes the display unit 730 to display the display unit 730 on the first display area KD22 based on the obtained second display coordinate data DP22. The second source target identification information MS21 and the second communication target identification information MH21. For example, the second source target identification information MS21 is the same as or different from the second source target identifier HS21. For example, the second communication target identification information MH21 is the same as or different from the second communication target identifier HT21.
該處理單元710基於儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來獲得該第三顯示坐標資料DP23,並基於所獲得的該第三顯示坐標資料DP23來使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。例如,在該處理器712接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1的條件下,該處理器712基於所獲得的該第三顯示坐標資料DP23來使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。 The processing unit 710 obtains the third display coordinate data DP23 based on the third communication protocol identifier HP3 stored in the storage area KS2, and causes the display unit 730 to display the third display coordinate data DP23 based on the obtained third display coordinate data DP23. The electronic block DE61 is displayed on the display block BD21. For example, under the condition that the processor 712 receives the first valid request signal QR1, the processor 712 causes the display unit 730 to display the electron on the display block BD21 based on the obtained third display coordinate data DP23. Information DE61.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元710用與該第 一特定資料容量值VC61不同的一第四特定資料容量值VC64取代儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一特定資料容量值VC61以將該第一儲存空間SS21從該第一資料容量CD61改變到由該第四特定資料容量值VC64所表示的一第四資料容量CD64。該處理單元710用與該第一顯示坐標資料DP21不同的一第四顯示坐標資料DP24取代儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第一顯示坐標資料DP21以將該第一顯示區域KD21從該第一顯示邊界ND21改變到由該第四顯示坐標資料DP24所表示的一第四顯示邊界ND24。例如,該第四顯示坐標資料DP24基於該第四特定資料容量值VC64而被確定。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 710 is used with the first A fourth specific data capacity value VC64 having a different specific data capacity value VC61 replaces the first specific data capacity value VC61 stored in the storage area KS2 to change the first storage space SS21 from the first data capacity CD61 to A fourth data capacity CD64 represented by the fourth specific data capacity value VC64. The processing unit 710 replaces the first display coordinate data DP21 stored in the storage area KS2 with a fourth display coordinate data DP24 different from the first display coordinate data DP21 to remove the first display area KD21 from the first The display boundary ND21 is changed to a fourth display boundary ND24 indicated by the fourth display coordinate data DP24. For example, the fourth display coordinate data DP24 is determined based on the fourth specific data capacity value VC64.
該處理單元710用與該第二特定資料容量值VC62不同的一第五特定資料容量值VC65取代儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二特定資料容量值VC62以將該第二儲存空間SS22從該第二資料容量CD62改變到由該第五特定資料容量值VC65所表示的一第五資料容量CD65。該處理單元710用與該第二顯示坐標資料DP22不同的一第五顯示坐標資料DP25取代儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第二顯示坐標資料DP22以將該第二顯示區域KD22從該第二顯示邊界ND22改變到由該第五顯示坐標資料DP25所表示的一第五顯示邊界ND25。例如,該第五特定資料容量值VC65基於該第五特定資料容量值VC65而被確定。 The processing unit 710 replaces the second specific data capacity value VC62 stored in the storage area KS2 with a fifth specific data capacity value VC65 different from the second specific data capacity value VC62 to remove the second storage space SS22 from The second data capacity CD62 is changed to a fifth data capacity CD65 represented by the fifth specific data capacity value VC65. The processing unit 710 replaces the second display coordinate data DP22 stored in the storage area KS2 with a fifth display coordinate data DP25 different from the second display coordinate data DP22 to remove the second display area KD22 from the second The display boundary ND22 is changed to a fifth display boundary ND25 indicated by the fifth display coordinate data DP25. For example, the fifth specific data capacity value VC65 is determined based on the fifth specific data capacity value VC65.
該處理單元710用與該第三特定資料容量值VC63不同的一第六特定資料容量值VC66取代儲存於該 儲存區KS2中的該第三特定資料容量值VC63以將該儲存塊BS21從該第三資料容量CD63改變到由該第六特定資料容量值VC66所表示的一第六資料容量CD66。該處理單元710用與該第三顯示坐標資料DP23不同的一第六顯示坐標資料DP26取代儲存於該儲存區KS2中的該第三顯示坐標資料DP23以將該顯示區塊BD21從該第三顯示邊界ND23改變到由該第六顯示坐標資料DP26所表示的一第六顯示邊界ND26。例如,該第六顯示坐標資料DP26基於該第六特定資料容量值VC66而被確定。 The processing unit 710 substitutes a sixth specific data capacity value VC66 different from the third specific data capacity value VC63 instead of storing in the The third specific data capacity value VC63 in the storage area KS2 changes the storage block BS21 from the third data capacity CD63 to a sixth data capacity CD66 represented by the sixth specific data capacity value VC66. The processing unit 710 replaces the third display coordinate data DP23 stored in the storage area KS2 with a sixth display coordinate data DP26 different from the third display coordinate data DP23 to remove the display block BD21 from the third display. The boundary ND23 is changed to a sixth display boundary ND26 indicated by the sixth display coordinate data DP26. For example, the sixth display coordinate data DP26 is determined based on the sixth specific data capacity value VC66.
在一些實施例中,當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該電子郵件通訊協定時,該電子郵件通訊協定可能是一簡單郵件傳送協定(SMTP),且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是一POP3電子郵件協定和一網際網路訊息接取協定(IMAP)的其中之一。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該短訊服務通訊協定,該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該短訊服務通訊協定。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該即時傳訊通訊協定,該即時傳訊通訊協定可能是一即時發信與呈現協定(IMPP)和一可延伸發信與呈現協定(XMPP)的其中之一,且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該即時發信與呈現協定(IMPP)和該可延伸發信與呈現協定(XMPP)的其中之一。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定,該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定可能是一MM1多媒體訊息服務協定,且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該MM1多媒體訊息 服務協定。 In some embodiments, when the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the email protocol, the email protocol may be a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), and the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be One of a POP3 email protocol and an Internet Messaging Protocol (IMAP). When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the short message service communication protocol, the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be the short message service communication protocol. When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the instant messaging protocol, the instant messaging protocol may be one of an instant messaging and presence protocol (IMPP) and an extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP). And the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be one of the instant messaging and presence protocol (IMPP) and the extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP). When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the multimedia message service protocol, the multimedia application service protocol may be an MM1 multimedia message service protocol, and the fourth application-specific protocol PC41 may be the MM1 multimedia message Service agreement.
請參閱第10圖,其為在本揭露各式各樣實施例中一通訊系統851的示意圖。該通訊系統851包含一電子裝置300、一第一通訊目標511和一第二通訊目標521。例如,該電子裝置300要與該第一通訊目標511通訊。該電子裝置300包含一儲存單元320和一處理單元310。該儲存單元320儲存被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的一第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該處理單元310耦合於該儲存單元320,並響應一特定請求訊號QK1來獲得一第一電子資料DE11和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE11。 Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of a communication system 851 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The communication system 851 includes an electronic device 300, a first communication target 511 and a second communication target 521. For example, the electronic device 300 is to communicate with the first communication target 511. The electronic device 300 includes a storage unit 320 and a processing unit 310. The storage unit 320 stores a first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify a first application-specific protocol PC11. The processing unit 310 is coupled to the storage unit 320 and obtains a first electronic data DE11 and a first communication target identifier HT11 accessed based on the first protocol identifier HP1 in response to a specific request signal QK1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is used to transmit the first electronic data DE11 to the first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11.
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以對應於表示一第一資料容量CD11的一第一特定資料容量值VC11。例如,該第一特定資料容量值VC11被預先確定。該處理單元310基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC11,並基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC11來在該儲存單元320中分配具有該第一資料容量CD11的一第一儲存空間SS11以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS11的一第一記憶體位址AM11。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11具有一第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。 In some embodiments, the first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to correspond to a first specific data capacity value VC11 representing a first data capacity CD11. For example, the first specific data capacity value VC11 is determined in advance. The processing unit 310 obtains the first specific data capacity value VC11 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and allocates the first data in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC11. A first storage space SS11 of the capacity CD11 is obtained to obtain a first memory address AM11 configured to identify the first storage space SS11. The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 has a first target identifier format specification SF1.
在一些實施例中,該特定請求訊號QK1是 一第一有效請求訊號QR1和一第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一。該處理單元310響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置300進入一第一資料準備階段UP1。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310獲得該第一電子資料DE11和符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使該儲存單元320在該第一儲存空間SS11中儲存該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。該處理單元310響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置300離開該第一資料準備階段UP1以進入一第一資料傳輸階段UT1。 In some embodiments, the specific request signal QK1 is One of a first valid request signal QR1 and a second valid request signal QU1. The processing unit 310 causes the electronic device 300 to enter a first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first valid request signal QR1. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains the first electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11 that conforms to the first target identifier format specification SF1, and based on the obtained first The memory address AM11 is used to enable the storage unit 320 to store the first electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11 in the first storage space SS11. The processing unit 310 responds to the second valid request signal QU1 to make the electronic device 300 leave the first data preparation stage UP1 to enter a first data transmission stage UT1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以獲得該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並響應於獲得該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE11。例如,該處理單元310基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記憶體位址AM11,並藉此基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。 In the first data transmission phase UT1 after the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 accesses the first stored in the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. Electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11 to obtain the first electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11, and in response to obtaining the first electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11 to The first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is used to transmit the first electronic data DE11 to the first communication target 511. For example, the processing unit 310 obtains the first memory address AM11 based on the first protocol identifier HP1, and thereby accesses the first memory address AM11 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 stored in the first storage space SS11. The first communication target identifier HT11.
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊協定識別符 HP1屬於被儲存於該儲存單元720中的一特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該處理單元310從包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和一第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。例如,該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1是一特定通訊協定識別符陣列,並被預先確定。例如,該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11不同的一第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。 In some embodiments, the first communication protocol identifier HP1 belongs to a specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage unit 720. The processing unit 310 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 including the first protocol identifier HP1 and a second protocol identifier HP2. Character HP2. For example, the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is a specific protocol identifier array and is predetermined. For example, the second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to identify a second application-specific protocol PC21 different from the first application-specific protocol PC11.
該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以對應於表示一第二資料容量CD12的一第二特定資料容量值VC12。該處理單元310基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC12,並基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC12來在該儲存單元320中分配具有該第二資料容量CD12的一第二儲存空間SS12以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS12的一第二記憶體位址AM12。例如,該第二特定資料容量值VC12被預先確定,並相同或不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC11。例如,該第二儲存空間SS12不同於該第一儲存空間SS11。 The second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to correspond to a second specific data capacity value VC12 representing a second data capacity CD12. The processing unit 310 obtains the second specific data capacity value VC12 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and allocates the second data in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC12. A second storage space SS12 of the capacity CD12 is obtained to obtain a second memory address AM12 configured to identify the second storage space SS12. For example, the second specific data capacity value VC12 is determined in advance and is the same as or different from the first specific data capacity value VC11. For example, the second storage space SS12 is different from the first storage space SS11.
在一些實施例中,該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21具有一第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310獲得一原始資料DS11和符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21,其中該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以 識別該第二通訊目標521。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於該原始資料DS11來獲得用於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的該第一電子資料DE11,基於該原始資料DS11來獲得用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的一第二電子資料DE21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來使該儲存單元320在該第二儲存空間SS12中儲存該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。例如,該第二電子資料DE21相同或不同於該第一電子資料DE11。 In some embodiments, the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 has a second target identifier format specification SF2. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains an original data DS11 and a second communication target identifier HT21 that complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2, wherein the second communication target identifier HT21 is Configured to The second communication target 521 is identified. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains the first electronic data DE11 for the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 based on the original data DS11, and obtains the first electronic data DE11 for the first data based on the original data DS11. A second electronic data DE21 of two application-specific communication protocols PC21, and based on the obtained second memory address AM12, the storage unit 320 stores the second electronic data DE21 and the first data in the second storage space SS12. Two communication target identifiers HT21. For example, the second electronic data DE21 is the same as or different from the first electronic data DE11.
在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,在該處理單元310確認用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二通訊目標521傳輸該第二電子資料DE21被允許的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS12中的該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以獲得該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並響應於獲得該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該第二電子資料DE21。例如,該處理單元310基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM12,並藉此基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS12中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 In the first data transmission phase UT1, under the condition that the processing unit 310 confirms that the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is allowed to transmit the second electronic data DE21 to the second communication target 521, the processing unit 310 is based on The obtained second memory address AM12 is used to access the second electronic data DE21 and the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS12 to obtain the second electronic data DE21 and the second A communication target identifier HT21, and in response to obtaining the second electronic data DE21 and the second communication target identifier HT21 to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit the second electronic data DE21 to the second communication target 521 . For example, the processing unit 310 obtains the second memory address AM12 based on the second protocol identifier HP2, and thereby accesses the second memory address AM12 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the second storage space SS12. The second communication target identifier HT21.
選自該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的一第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別一第三特定應用通 訊協定PC31。該儲存單元320包含基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被分配的一第三儲存空間SS13。例如,該原始資料DS11被配置以儲存於該第三儲存空間SS13中。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別由複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…所組成的一特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆屬於該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。 A third protocol identifier HP3 selected from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify a third specific application identifier. PC31. The storage unit 320 includes a third storage space SS13 allocated based on the third communication protocol identifier HP3. For example, the original data DS11 is configured to be stored in the third storage space SS13. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify an application-specific protocol group GP1 composed of a plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 all belong to the application-specific communication protocol group GP1.
該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2皆是複數特定應用通訊協定的其中之一。例如,該複數特定應用通訊協定包含一電子郵件通訊協定、一短訊服務通訊協定、一多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和一即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…選擇自該複數特定應用通訊協定。 The first application-specific communication protocol PC1 and the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 are one of a plurality of application-specific communication protocols. For example, the plurality of application-specific communication protocols include one of an e-mail communication protocol, a short message service communication protocol, a multimedia message service communication protocol, and an instant messaging communication protocol. The plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... are selected from the plurality of specific application communication protocols.
該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3是該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一。在該第一通訊協定識別符HP1是該第三通訊協定識別符HP3的條件下,該第一儲存空間SS11和該第一電子資料DE11分別是該第三儲存空間SS13和該原始資料DS11。在該第二通訊協定識別符HP2是該第三通訊協定識別符HP3的條件下,該第二儲存空間SS12和該第二電子資料DE21分別是該第三儲存空間SS13和該原始資料DS11。 The third application-specific communication protocol PC3 is one of the e-mail communication protocol and the multimedia message service communication protocol. Under the condition that the first communication protocol identifier HP1 is the third communication protocol identifier HP3, the first storage space SS11 and the first electronic data DE11 are the third storage space SS13 and the original data DS11, respectively. Under the condition that the second communication protocol identifier HP2 is the third communication protocol identifier HP3, the second storage space SS12 and the second electronic data DE21 are the third storage space SS13 and the original data DS11, respectively.
請參閱第11圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8511的示意圖。如第11圖所 示,該實施結構8511包含該電子裝置300、該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521。該電子裝置300進一步包含耦合於該處理單元310的一顯示單元330。在一些實施例中,該顯示單元330包含由一第一顯示坐標資料DP11所表示的一第一顯示區域KD11。例如,該第一顯示坐標資料DP11相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC11而被確定。該處理單元310基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP11以使該顯示單元330在該第一顯示區域KD11上顯示該第一電子資料DE11和代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11。 Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8511 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. As shown in Figure 11 As shown, the implementation structure 8511 includes the electronic device 300, the first communication target 511, and the second communication target 521. The electronic device 300 further includes a display unit 330 coupled to the processing unit 310. In some embodiments, the display unit 330 includes a first display area KD11 represented by a first display coordinate data DP11. For example, the first display coordinate data DP11 is related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and is determined based on the first specific data capacity value VC11. The processing unit 310 obtains the first display coordinate data DP11 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 so that the display unit 330 displays the first electronic data DE11 and represents the first communication target on the first display area KD11. A first communication target identification information MH11 of the identifier HT11.
該顯示單元330進一步包含由一第二顯示坐標資料DP12所表示的一第二顯示區域KD12。例如,該第一顯示區域KD11不同於該第二顯示區域KD12。例如,該第二顯示坐標資料DP12相關於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC12而被確定。該處理單元310基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP12以使該顯示單元330在該第二顯示區域KD12上顯示該第二電子資料DE21和代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。 The display unit 330 further includes a second display area KD12 represented by a second display coordinate data DP12. For example, the first display area KD11 is different from the second display area KD12. For example, the second display coordinate data DP12 is related to the second communication protocol identifier HP2 and is determined based on the second specific data capacity value VC12. The processing unit 310 obtains the second display coordinate data DP12 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 so that the display unit 330 displays the second electronic data DE21 and represents the second communication target on the second display area KD12. A second communication target identification information MH21 of the identifier HT21.
請參閱第12圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8512的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖,該實施結構8512包含該電子裝置300和該第一通訊目標511。該電子裝置300包含該儲存單元320和該處 理單元310。該儲存單元320包含該第一儲存空間SS11和該第二儲存空間SS12,並儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。例如,該第一儲存空間SS11是一第一非揮發性記憶體空間和一第一揮發性記憶體空間的其中之一。該第二儲存空間SS12是一第二非揮發性記憶體空間和一第二揮發性記憶體空間的其中之一。 Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8512 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10 for assistance. The implementation structure 8512 includes the electronic device 300 and the first communication target 511. The electronic device 300 includes the storage unit 320 and 理 Unit 310. The storage unit 320 includes the first storage space SS11 and the second storage space SS12, and stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1. For example, the first storage space SS11 is one of a first non-volatile memory space and a first volatile memory space. The second storage space SS12 is one of a second non-volatile memory space and a second volatile memory space.
屬於該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應於根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被確定的該第一特定資料容量值VC11。例如,該第一特定資料容量值VC11表示用於分配該第一儲存空間SS11的該第一資料容量CD11,並根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被預先確定。 The first protocol identifier HP1 belonging to the specific protocol identifier group GH1 corresponds to the first specific data capacity value VC11 determined according to the first specific application protocol PC11. For example, the first specific data capacity value VC11 indicates the first data capacity CD11 for allocating the first storage space SS11, and is determined in advance according to the first specific application communication protocol PC11.
該儲存單元320進一步包含與該第一儲存空間SS11和該第二儲存空間SS12的每一空間不同的一儲存區KS1,並在該儲存區KS1中儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1、和對應於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該第一特定資料容量值VC11。例如,該儲存區KS1是一非揮發性記憶體區域和一揮發性記憶體區域的其中之一。 The storage unit 320 further includes a storage area KS1 different from each of the first storage space SS11 and the second storage space SS12, and stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1, and The first specific data capacity value VC11 corresponding to the first protocol identifier HP1. For example, the storage area KS1 is one of a non-volatile memory area and a volatile memory area.
該處理單元310從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一特定資料容量值VC11以從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC11,並基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC11來在該儲存單元320 中分配具有該第一資料容量CD11的該第一儲存空間SS11以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS11的該第一記憶體位址AM11。例如,該第一儲存空間SS11位於由該第一記憶體位址AM11所識別的一第一記憶體位置PM11,並藉此由該第一記憶體位址AM11所識別。 The processing unit 310 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1, and accesses and stores the first protocol identifier HP1 based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first specific data capacity value VC11 in the area KS1 is used to obtain the first specific data capacity value VC11 from the storage area KS1 and is stored in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC11. The first storage space SS11 having the first data capacity CD11 is allocated to obtain the first memory address AM11 configured to identify the first storage space SS11. For example, the first storage space SS11 is located at a first memory location PM11 identified by the first memory address AM11, and is thereby identified by the first memory address AM11.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元320在該儲存區KS1中儲存被配置以與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的該第一記憶體位址AM11。該處理單元310基於從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一記憶體位址AM11以從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第一記憶體位址AM11。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 320 stores the first memory address AM11 configured to correspond to the first protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS1. The processing unit 310 accesses the first memory address stored in the storage area KS1 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 obtained from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1. AM11 obtains the first memory address AM11 from the storage area KS1.
該處理單元310獲得該第一記憶體位址AM11以識別該第一儲存空間SS11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使該儲存單元320在該第一儲存空間SS11中儲存包含該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一應用資料DA11。例如,該第一儲存空間SS11被分配以足夠容納該第一應用資料DA11。 The processing unit 310 obtains the first memory address AM11 to identify the first storage space SS11, and causes the storage unit 320 to store the first storage space SS11 in the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The first electronic data DE11 and a first application data DA11 of the first communication target identifier HT11. For example, the first storage space SS11 is allocated enough to accommodate the first application data DA11.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置300在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下由一第一來源目標識別符HS11所識別。例如,該第一來源目標識別符HS11符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。該儲存單元320進一步在該儲存區KS1中儲存與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、和與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應 的一第一候選目標識別符集合WM1。例如,該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 300 is identified by a first source target identifier HS11 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. For example, the first source target identifier HS11 complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1. The storage unit 320 further stores the first source target identifier HS11 corresponding to the first protocol identifier HP1 and the first protocol identifier HP1 in the storage area KS1. A first candidate target identifier set WM1. For example, the first candidate target identifier set WM1 conforms to the first target identifier format specification SF1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11和所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來在該第一儲存空間SS11中儲存要被應用於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的該第一應用資料DA11。例如,該第一應用資料DA11包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第一來源目標識別符HS11、一第一可變資料DV11、一第一可變邏輯值VL11和一第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 stores the application to be applied in the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11 and the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first application data DA11 in the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. For example, the first application data DA11 includes the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the first source target identifier HS11, a first variable data DV11, a first variable logical value VL11, and a first variable target. The identifier set WV1.
該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1被配置以識別一第一可變目標集合(未顯示)。所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應於該第一應用資料DA11的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,對應於該第一應用資料DA11的該第一來源目標識別符HS11,對應於該第一可變資料DV11,對應於該第一可變邏輯值VL11,並對應於該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。該第一可變邏輯值VL11相關於向該第一可變目標集合的一第一資料傳輸TD1是否要在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中被致能。 The first variable target identifier set WV1 is configured to identify a first variable target set (not shown). The obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 corresponds to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 of the first application data DA11, corresponds to the first source target identifier HS11 of the first application data DA11, and corresponds to the The first variable data DV11 corresponds to the first variable logic value VL11 and corresponds to the first variable target identifier set WV1. The first variable logic value VL11 is related to whether a first data transmission TD1 to the first variable target set is to be enabled in the first data transmission stage UT1 after the first data preparation stage UP1.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310在一第一請求時間TR1響應一第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。例如,該第一有效請求訊號QR1是一第一中斷請求訊號。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體 位址AM11來將所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS11中,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取或讀取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一來源目標識別符HS11以從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第一來源目標識別符HS11,並藉此基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來將所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS11中。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 responds to a first valid request signal QR1 at a first request time TR1 to make the electronic device 300 enter the first data preparation stage UP1. For example, the first valid request signal QR1 is a first interrupt request signal. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained first memory The address AM11 is used to store or write the obtained first protocol identifier HP1 to the first storage space SS11, and to access or read the stored in the first storage protocol SS11 based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first source target identifier HS11 in the storage area KS1 to obtain the first source target identifier HS11 from the storage area KS1, and thereby based on the obtained first memory address AM11, the obtained The first source target identifier HS11 is stored or written in the first storage space SS11.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來確定表示該處理單元310目前是否支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的一第一參考邏輯值VR11。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310獲得與所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第一所欲邏輯值VK11,藉由對於該第一參考邏輯值VR11和該第一所欲邏輯值VK11執行一第一邏輯及運算PA11來確定一第一操作邏輯值VQ11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來將該第一操作邏輯值VQ11指定到該第一可變邏輯值VL11。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 determines, based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, whether the processing unit 310 currently supports a first reference logic of the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. Value VR11. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains a first desired logical value VK11 corresponding to the obtained first protocol identifier HP1, and by providing the first reference logical value VR11 and the The first desired logical value VK11 performs a first logical AND operation PA11 to determine a first operating logic value VQ11, and assigns the first operating logic value VQ11 to the first based on the obtained first memory address AM11. A variable logic value VL11.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310可選擇地獲得至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使所獲得該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11加入該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。例如,該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 may selectively obtain at least a first desired target identifier HK11, and make the obtained at least one first based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The desired target identifier HK11 is added to the first variable target identifier set WV1. For example, the at least one first desired target identifier HK11 complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單 元310可選擇地基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1中的至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11以從該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1中選擇該至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使所選擇的該至少一第一候選目標識別符HM11加入該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing order Element 310 may optionally access at least one first candidate target identifier HM11 in the first candidate target identifier set WM1 based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 to remove the first candidate target identifier set HM11. The at least one first candidate target identifier HM11 is selected in WM1, and the selected at least one first candidate target identifier HM11 is added to the first variable target identifier based on the obtained first memory address AM11. Collection WV1.
該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1包含該第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別包含於該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…中的該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31。例如,該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31是該電子郵件通訊協定和該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定的其中之一。該儲存單元320包含基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被分配的該第三儲存空間SS13。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1時,該第三儲存空間SS13是該第一儲存空間SS11。當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2時,該第三儲存空間SS13是該第二儲存空間SS12。 The specific protocol identifier group GH1 includes the third protocol identifier HP3. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify the third application-specific protocol PC31 included in the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... For example, the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 is one of the e-mail communication protocol and the multimedia message service communication protocol. The storage unit 320 includes the third storage space SS13 allocated based on the third communication protocol identifier HP3. When the third communication protocol identifier HP3 is the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the third storage space SS13 is the first storage space SS11. When the third communication protocol identifier HP3 is the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the third storage space SS13 is the second storage space SS12.
在一些實施例中,該第三儲存空間SS13包含一第一儲存塊BS11。該第一儲存塊BS11具有由一第三特定資料容量值VC13所表示的一第三資料容量CD13,其中該第三特定資料容量值VC13和該第三資料容量CD13分別是一第一資料極限長度值VF11和一第一資料極限長度 LF11。該第一資料極限長度LF11對應於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3,根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31而被預先確定,並在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…被考慮的條件下是一最長極限長度。 In some embodiments, the third storage space SS13 includes a first storage block BS11. The first storage block BS11 has a third data capacity CD13 represented by a third specific data capacity value VC13, wherein the third specific data capacity value VC13 and the third data capacity CD13 are a first data limit length, respectively. Value VF11 and a first data limit length LF11. The first data limit length LF11 corresponds to the third communication protocol identifier HP3, is determined in advance according to the third application-specific communication protocol PC31, and is a condition that is considered in the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... Below is a maximum limit length.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310獲得具有一原始資料長度LS11的一原始資料DS11,並使該儲存單元320在該第一儲存塊BS11中儲存該原始資料DS11。例如,該原始資料長度LS11小於或等於該第一資料極限長度LF11,並由一原始資料長度值VS11所表示。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains a raw data DS11 having a raw data length LS11, and causes the storage unit 320 to store the raw data DS11 in the first storage block BS11. For example, the original data length LS11 is less than or equal to the first data limit length LF11, and is represented by an original data length value VS11.
該第一儲存空間SS11包含被配置以容納該第一可變資料DV11的一第二儲存塊BS12。例如,該第二儲存塊BS12具有由一第四特定資料容量值VC14所表示的一第四資料容量CD14。例如,該第四特定資料容量值VC14和該第四資料容量CD14分別是一第二資料極限長度值VF12和一第二資料極限長度LF12。該第二資料極限長度LF12相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,小於或等於該第一資料極限長度LF11,並根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而被預先確定。 The first storage space SS11 includes a second storage block BS12 configured to accommodate the first variable data DV11. For example, the second storage block BS12 has a fourth data capacity CD14 represented by a fourth specific data capacity value VC14. For example, the fourth specific data capacity value VC14 and the fourth data capacity CD14 are a second data limit length value VF12 and a second data limit length LF12, respectively. The second data limit length LF12 is related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, is smaller than or equal to the first data limit length LF11, and is predetermined according to the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
在一些實施例中,在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310藉由比較該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來判斷該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是否為該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31以做出一第一判斷結果RD11。例如,當該第三通訊協定識別符 HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1時,該第一判斷結果RD11被做出為肯定的。 In some embodiments, in the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 determines the first application-specific protocol PC11 by comparing the first protocol identifier HP1 and the third protocol identifier HP3. Whether it is the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 to make a first judgment result RD11. For example, when the third protocol identifier When HP3 is the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the first determination result RD11 is made affirmative.
當該第一判斷結果RD11為肯定時,該處理單元310將該第一可變資料DV11視為該原始資料DS11,並藉此將該第一電子資料DE11視為該原始資料DS11。當該第一判斷結果RD11為否定時,該處理單元310藉由比較該第二資料極限長度值VF12和該原始資料長度值VS11來判斷該原始資料DS11是否符合與所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1對應的一第一特定資料長度限制條件CL11以做出一第二判斷結果RD12。例如,該第一特定資料長度限制條件CL11取決於該第二資料極限長度值VF12。 When the first judgment result RD11 is affirmative, the processing unit 310 regards the first variable data DV11 as the original data DS11, and thereby uses the first electronic data DE11 as the original data DS11. When the first judgment result RD11 is negative, the processing unit 310 judges whether the original data DS11 complies with the obtained first communication protocol by comparing the second data limit length value VF12 and the original data length value VS11. A first specific data length restriction condition CL11 corresponding to the identifier HP1 is used to make a second judgment result RD12. For example, the first specific data length limitation condition CL11 depends on the second data limit length value VF12.
當該原始資料長度值VS11小於或等於該第二資料極限長度值VF12時,該第二判斷結果RD12被做出為肯定的。當該第二判斷結果RD12為肯定時,該處理單元310將該原始資料DS11指定到該第一可變資料DV11。當該第二判斷結果RD12為否定時,該處理單元310基於該第二資料極限長度值VF12來轉換該原始資料DS11以確定符合該第一特定資料長度限制條件CL11的一第一操作資料DG11,並將該第一操作資料DG11指定到該第一可變資料DV11。 When the original data length value VS11 is less than or equal to the second data limit length value VF12, the second judgment result RD12 is made affirmative. When the second determination result RD12 is positive, the processing unit 310 assigns the original data DS11 to the first variable data DV11. When the second judgment result RD12 is negative, the processing unit 310 converts the original data DS11 based on the second data limit length value VF12 to determine a first operation data DG11 that meets the first specific data length restriction condition CL11, The first operation data DG11 is assigned to the first variable data DV11.
請參閱第13圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8513的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖和第12圖,該實施結構8513包含該電子裝置300、一訊息服務系統650和一第一通訊目標集合510。該訊息服 務系統650包含一第一訊息服務裝置660。該第一通訊目標集合510包含該第一通訊目標511和一通訊目標512。 Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure 8513 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10 and FIG. 12 for assistance. The implementation structure 8513 includes the electronic device 300, an information service system 650, and a first communication target set 510. The message server The service system 650 includes a first message service device 660. The first communication target set 510 includes the first communication target 511 and a communication target 512.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元310完成準備該第一應用資料DA11的條件下,該處理單元310在該第一請求時間TR1之後的一第二請求時間TR2響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置300進入在該第一資料準備階段UP1之後的該第一資料傳輸階段UT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來檢查所儲存的該第一應用資料DA11。例如,該處理單元310響應於完成準備該第一應用資料DA11來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。例如,該第二有效請求訊號QU1是一第二中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 310 finishes preparing the first application data DA11, the processing unit 310 responds to the second valid request signal QU1 at a second request time TR2 after the first request time TR1. To make the electronic device 300 enter the first data transmission phase UT1 after the first data preparation phase UP1, and thereby check the stored first application data DA11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. . For example, the processing unit 310 receives the second valid request signal QU1 in response to completing the preparation of the first application data DA11. For example, the second valid request signal QU1 is a second interrupt request signal.
當該電子裝置300進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1時,該處理單元310確認該第一可變資料DV11、該第一可變邏輯值VL11和該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1分別成為該第一電子資料DE11、一第一有效邏輯值VE11和一第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來檢查在該第一儲存空間SS11中所儲存的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所儲存的該第一電子資料DE11、所儲存的該第一有效邏輯值VE11和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1。例如,所儲存的該第一電子資料DE11源自該原始資料DS11。所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1被配置以識別一第一通訊目標集合510。屬於該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的該第一通訊目標識別符 HT11被配置以識別屬於該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一通訊目標511。 When the electronic device 300 enters the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 310 confirms that the first variable data DV11, the first variable logic value VL11, and the first variable target identifier set WV1 respectively become the The first electronic data DE11, a first valid logical value VE11, and a first communication target identifier set WT1, and thereby check the stored in the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The first communication protocol identifier HP1, the stored first source target identifier HS11, the stored first electronic data DE11, the stored first valid logical value VE11, and the stored first communication Target identifier set WT1. For example, the stored first electronic data DE11 is derived from the original data DS11. The stored first communication target identifier set WT1 is configured to identify a first communication target set 510. The first communication target identifier belonging to the first communication target identifier set WT1 HT11 is configured to identify the first communication target 511 belonging to the first communication target set 510.
在一些實施例中,在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來從所儲存的該第一應用資料DA11中獲得該第一有效邏輯值VE11,並藉由評估所獲得的該第一有效邏輯值VE11來判斷在該第一儲存空間SS11中所儲存的該第一有效邏輯值VE11是否為真以做出一第三判斷結果RD13。 In some embodiments, in the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 310 obtains the first valid logic value from the stored first application data DA11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. VE11, and by evaluating the first valid logic value VE11 obtained to determine whether the first valid logic value VE11 stored in the first storage space SS11 is true to make a third judgment result RD13.
當該第三判斷結果RD13為肯定時,該處理單元310判斷在該第一儲存空間SS11中所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1是否為空的以做出一第四判斷結果RD14。當該第四判斷結果RD14為肯定時,該處理單元310確認該處理單元310被禁止在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中執行向該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一資料傳輸TD1。 When the third determination result RD13 is affirmative, the processing unit 310 determines whether the first communication target identifier set WT1 stored in the first storage space SS11 is empty to make a fourth determination result RD14. When the fourth determination result RD14 is affirmative, the processing unit 310 confirms that the processing unit 310 is prohibited from performing the first data transmission TD1 to the first communication target set 510 in the first data transmission phase UT1.
當該第四判斷結果RD14為否定時:該第一通訊目標集合510由該第一通訊目標511和第一複數通訊目標511、512、…的其中之一所組成,該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…的其中之一所組成,且該處理單元310確認該處理單元310被允許在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11執行向該第一通訊目標集合510的該第一資料傳輸TD1。例如,該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…包含該第一通訊目標511,並分別為第一複數外部通訊裝置或第一複數外部電子裝 置。該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…包含該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。該第一通訊目標識別符HT11是該第一所欲目標識別符HK11和所選擇的該第一候選目標識別符HM11的其中之一。 When the fourth judgment result RD14 is negative: the first communication target set 510 is composed of one of the first communication target 511 and the first plural communication targets 511, 512, ..., and the first communication target identifier The set WT1 is composed of one of the first communication target identifier HT11 and the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ..., and the processing unit 310 confirms that the processing unit 310 is allowed in the first data transmission phase UT1 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to perform the first data transmission TD1 to the first communication target set 510. For example, the first plurality of communication targets 511, 512, ... include the first plurality of communication targets 511, and are the first plurality of external communication devices or the first plurality of external electronic devices, respectively. Home. The first plurality of communication target identifiers HT11, HT12,... Include the first communication target identifier HT11. The first communication target identifier HT11 is one of the first desired target identifier HK11 and the selected first candidate target identifier HM11.
在該第四判斷結果RD14為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來從所儲存的該第一應用資料DA11中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1。例如,在該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該第一電子資料DE11和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE11。 Under the condition that the fourth determination result RD14 is negative, the processing unit 310 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the first application data DA11 stored based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The first source target identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and the first communication target identifier set WT1. For example, under the condition that the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first communication target identifier HT11, the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 and the obtained first The source target identifier HS11, the obtained first electronic data DE11, and the obtained first communication target identifier HT11 are used to transmit the first electronic data to the first communication target 511 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. DE11.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310耦合於該第一訊息服務裝置660。例如,該第一訊息服務裝置660支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11,並包含於該訊息服務系統650中。在該第一判斷結果RD11為肯定且該第四判斷結果RD14為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該第一電子資料DE11和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源 目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的一第一電子訊息QA11。例如,該第一電子訊息QA11是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第一指示訊息。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 is coupled to the first message service device 660. For example, the first message service device 660 supports the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and is included in the message service system 650. Under the condition that the first judgment result RD11 is positive and the fourth judgment result RD14 is negative, the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 and the obtained first source target identifier HS11. 2. The obtained first electronic data DE11 and the obtained first communication target identifier set WT1 are transmitted to the first information service device 660 including the first source using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. A target identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and a first electronic message QA11 of the first communication target identifier set WT1. For example, the first electronic message QA11 is or serves as a first instruction message for instructing the first message service device 660.
在該第一判斷結果RD11為肯定且該第四判斷結果RD14為否定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下,該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第一電子訊息QA11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一通訊目標511傳輸一第二電子訊息QA21,藉此該第一通訊目標511用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第四特定應用通訊協定PC41來接收該第二電子訊息QA21。例如,該第二電子訊息QA21包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。 Under the conditions that the first determination result RD11 is positive and the fourth determination result RD14 is negative and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first communication target identifier HT11, the first message service device 660 In response to the first electronic message QA11, the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is used to transmit a second electronic message QA21 to the first communication target 511, whereby the first communication target 511 uses the first application-specific communication protocol. PC11 matches or is identical to a fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 to receive the second electronic message QA21. For example, the second electronic message QA21 includes the first source target identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and the first communication target identifier HT11.
在該第一判斷結果RD11為肯定且該第四判斷結果RD14為否定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…所組成的條件下,該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第一電子訊息QA11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…分開地傳輸與該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…分別對應的第一複數電子訊息QA21、QA22、…,藉此該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的第一複數各自通訊協定來分別接收該第一複數電子訊息QA21、QA22、…。例如, 該第一複數電子訊息QA21、QA22、…皆包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。包含於該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…中的該第一通訊目標511用包含於該第一複數各自通訊協定中的該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41來接收包含於該第一複數電子訊息QA21、QA22、…中的該第二電子訊息QA21。 Under the condition that the first judgment result RD11 is positive and the fourth judgment result RD14 is negative and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ..., the first A message service device 660 responds to the first electronic message QA11 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to separately transmit to the first plural communication destinations 511, 512, ... and the first plural communication destinations 511, 512, ... Corresponding first plural electronic messages QA21, QA22, ..., respectively, whereby the first plural communication targets 511, 512, ... are respectively received with the first plural respective communication protocols matching or the same as the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. The first plurality of electronic messages QA21, QA22, .... E.g, The first plurality of electronic messages QA21, QA22, ... all include the first source target identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and the first communication target identifier HT11. The first communication target 511 included in the first plural communication targets 511, 512,... Uses the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 included in the first plural communication protocols to receive the first plural electrons. The second electronic message QA21 in the messages QA21, QA22, ....
在該第一判斷結果RD11為否定且該第四判斷結果RD14為否定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所組成的條件下:該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該第一電子資料DE11和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第三電子訊息QA31;以及該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第三電子訊息QA31來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向該第一通訊目標511傳輸一第四電子訊息QA41,藉此該第一通訊目標511用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第五特定應用通訊協定PC51來接收該第四電子訊息QA41。例如,該第三電子訊息QA31是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第二指示訊息。例如,該第四電子訊息QA41至少包含該第一電子資料DE11。 Under the condition that the first determination result RD11 is negative and the fourth determination result RD14 is negative and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first communication target identifier HT11: the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained The first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained first source target identifier HS11, the obtained first electronic data DE11, and the obtained first communication target identifier HT11, using the first specific application The communication protocol PC11 transmits a third electronic message QA31 including the first source target identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and the first communication target identifier HT11 to the first message service device 660; and the first The message service device 660 responds to the third electronic message QA31 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit a fourth electronic message QA41 to the first communication target 511, whereby the first communication target 511 communicates with the first The application-specific communication protocol PC11 matches or is identical to a fifth application-specific communication protocol PC51 to receive the fourth electronic message QA41. For example, the third electronic message QA31 is or serves as a second instruction message for instructing the first information service device 660. For example, the fourth electronic message QA41 includes at least the first electronic data DE11.
在該第一判斷結果RD11為否定且該第四判斷結果RD14為否定且該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1由該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…所組成的條件下,對於包含於該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…中的每一第一各自識別符:該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、所獲得的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所獲得的該第一電子資料DE11和所獲得的該每一第一各自識別符,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一電子資料DE11和該每一第一各自識別符的一第五電子訊息QA51;以及該第一訊息服務裝置660響應該第五電子訊息QA51來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11以向由該每一第一各自識別符所識別的每一第一各自目標傳輸一第六電子訊息QA61,藉此該每一第一各自目標用與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11匹配或相同的一第六特定應用通訊協定PC61來接收各自的該第六電子訊息QA61。例如,各自的該第五電子訊息QA51是或作為用於指示該第一訊息服務裝置660的一第三指示訊息。例如,各自的該第六電子訊息QA61至少包含該第一電子資料DE11。 Under the condition that the first judgment result RD11 is negative and the fourth judgment result RD14 is negative and the first communication target identifier set WT1 is composed of the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ..., Each first respective identifier in the first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ...: the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1, the obtained first source target identifier Character HS11, the obtained first electronic data DE11, and each of the first respective identifiers obtained are transmitted to the first information service device 660 including the first source target using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11. An identifier HS11, the first electronic data DE11, and a fifth electronic message QA51 of each first respective identifier; and the first message service device 660 responds to the fifth electronic message QA51 to communicate with the first specific application The PC 11 is agreed to transmit a sixth electronic message QA61 to each first respective target identified by the each first respective identifier, whereby the each first respective target is used for the first specific application. A sixth specific application protocol agreement PC11 PC61 news or identical match to the sixth receiving their electronic messages QA61. For example, each of the fifth electronic messages QA51 is or serves as a third instruction message for instructing the first information service device 660. For example, each of the sixth electronic messages QA61 includes at least the first electronic data DE11.
在一些實施例中,在該第四判斷結果RD14為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來控制該儲存單元320以從該第一儲存空間SS11中獲得所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所 儲存的該第一電子資料DE11和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並藉此輸出該第一電子訊息QA11、該第三電子訊息QA31和各自的該第五電子訊息QA51的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the fourth determination result RD14 is negative, the processing unit 310 controls the storage unit 320 to obtain from the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The first source target identifier HS11, The stored first electronic data DE11 and the stored first communication target identifier set WT1 are used to output one of the first electronic message QA11, the third electronic message QA31, and the respective fifth electronic message QA51. one.
請參閱第14圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8514的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖、第12圖和第13圖,該實施結構8514包含該電子裝置300和該第二通訊目標521。該電子裝置300包含該儲存單元320和該處理單元310。該儲存單元320包含該儲存區KS1。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2屬於儲存在該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1,並被配置以識別該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。例如,該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。例如,該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21不同於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11,並是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。 Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure 8514 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10, FIG. 12, and FIG. 13 for assistance. The implementation structure 8514 includes the electronic device 300 and the second communication target 521. The electronic device 300 includes the storage unit 320 and the processing unit 310. The storage unit 320 includes the storage area KS1. The second protocol identifier HP2 belongs to the specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage area KS1, and is configured to identify the second specific application protocol PC21. For example, the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,... For example, the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is different from the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,...
該儲存單元320進一步在該儲存區KS1中儲存對應於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該第二特定資料容量值VC12。該第二特定資料容量值VC12根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而被預先確定,並表示用於分配該第二儲存空間SS12的該第二資料容量CD12。該第二特定資料容量值VC12不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC11,藉此該第二資料容量CD12不同於該第一資料容量CD11。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被使用以分配該第二儲存空間 SS12。 The storage unit 320 further stores the second specific data capacity value VC12 corresponding to the second communication protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS1. The second specific data capacity value VC12 is determined in advance according to the second specific application communication protocol PC21 and indicates the second data capacity CD12 for allocating the second storage space SS12. The second specific data capacity value VC12 is different from the first specific data capacity value VC11, whereby the second data capacity CD12 is different from the first data capacity CD11. The second protocol identifier HP2 is used to allocate the second storage space SS12.
該處理單元310從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC12,並基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC12來在該儲存單元320中分配具有該第二資料容量CD12的該第二儲存空間SS12以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS12的該第二記憶體位址AM12。 The processing unit 310 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1, and from the storage area KS1 based on the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. Obtain the second specific data capacity value VC12, and allocate the second storage space SS12 with the second data capacity CD12 in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC12 to obtain a configuration configured to The second memory address AM12 of the second storage space SS12 is identified.
例如,該第二通訊協定識別符HP2藉由對應於該第二特定資料容量值VC12而對應於該第二記憶體位址AM12。該第二儲存空間SS12位於由該第二記憶體位址AM12所識別的一第二記憶體位置PM12,並藉此由該第二記憶體位址AM12所識別。該第二記憶體位置PM12對應於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並不同於該第一記憶體位置PM11。該第二資料容量CD12相同或不同於該第一資料容量CD11。該第二儲存空間SS12不同於該儲存區KS1和該第一儲存空間SS11的每一空間。 For example, the second protocol identifier HP2 corresponds to the second memory address AM12 by corresponding to the second specific data capacity value VC12. The second storage space SS12 is located at a second memory location PM12 identified by the second memory address AM12, and is thereby identified by the second memory address AM12. The second memory position PM12 corresponds to the obtained second protocol identifier HP2 and is different from the first memory position PM11. The second data capacity CD12 is the same as or different from the first data capacity CD11. The second storage space SS12 is different from each of the storage area KS1 and the first storage space SS11.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元320在該儲存區KS1中儲存被配置以與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的該第二記憶體位址AM12。該處理單元310基於從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二記憶體位址AM12以從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第二 記憶體位址AM12。該處理單元310獲得該第二記憶體位址AM12以識別該第二儲存空間SS12,基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來使該儲存單元320在該第二儲存空間SS12中儲存包含該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二應用資料DA12。例如,該第二儲存空間SS12被分配以足夠容納該第二應用資料DA12。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 320 stores the second memory address AM12 configured to correspond to the second protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS1. The processing unit 310 accesses the second memory address stored in the storage area KS1 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 obtained from the specific protocol identification group GH1 in the storage area KS1. AM12 to get the second from the storage area KS1 Memory address AM12. The processing unit 310 obtains the second memory address AM12 to identify the second storage space SS12, and based on the obtained second memory address AM12, causes the storage unit 320 to store the first storage space SS12 in the second storage space SS12. Two electronic data DE21 and a second application data DA12 of the second communication target identifier HT21. For example, the second storage space SS12 is allocated enough to accommodate the second application data DA12.
在一些實施例中,該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21是該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的其中之一。該電子裝置300在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下由一第二來源目標識別符HS21所識別。例如,該第二來源目標識別符HS21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。該儲存單元320進一步在該儲存區KS1中儲存與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、和與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二候選目標識別符集合WM2,其中該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。 In some embodiments, the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is one of the plurality of different data transmission communication protocols PC1, PC2,... The electronic device 300 is identified by a second source target identifier HS21 under the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the second source target identifier HS21 complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2. The storage unit 320 further stores the second source target identifier HS21 corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2 and a second candidate target identifier corresponding to the second protocol identifier HP2 in the storage area KS1. The identifier set WM2, wherein the second candidate target identifier set WM2 complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12和所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來在該第二儲存空間SS12中儲存要被應用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的該第二應用資料DA12。例如,該第二應用資料DA12包含該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、該第二來源目標識別符HS21、一第二可變資料DV21、一第二可變邏輯值VL21和一第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 stores the application to be applied in the second storage space SS12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12 and the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. The second application data DA12 in the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the second application data DA12 includes the second protocol identifier HP2, the second source target identifier HS21, a second variable data DV21, a second variable logical value VL21, and a second variable target. The identifier set WV2.
該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2被配置以識別一第二可變目標集合(未顯示)。所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應於該第二應用資料DA12的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,對應於該第二應用資料DA12的該第二來源目標識別符HS21,對應於該第二可變資料DV21,對應於該第二可變邏輯值VL21,並對應於該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。該第二可變邏輯值VL21相關於向該第二可變目標集合的一第二資料傳輸TD2是否要在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中被致能。 The second variable target identifier set WV2 is configured to identify a second variable target set (not shown). The obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 corresponds to the second communication protocol identifier HP2 of the second application data DA12, corresponds to the second source target identifier HS21 of the second application data DA12, and corresponds to the The second variable data DV21 corresponds to the second variable logic value VL21 and corresponds to the second variable target identifier set WV2. The second variable logic value VL21 is related to whether a second data transmission TD2 to the second variable target set is to be enabled in the first data transmission phase UT1.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來將所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS12中,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取或讀取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二來源目標識別符HS21從該儲存區KS1中獲得該第二來源目標識別符HS21,並藉此基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來將所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS12中。 In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 stores or writes the obtained second protocol identifier HP2 to the second storage space SS12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12. To access or read the second source target identifier HS21 stored in the storage area KS1 based on the obtained second protocol identifier HP2 to obtain the second source target identifier HS21 from the storage area KS1 Then, based on the obtained second memory address AM12, the obtained second source target identifier HS21 is stored or written in the second storage space SS12.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來確定表示該處理單元310目前是否支援該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的一第二參考邏輯值VR21。在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310獲得與所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二所欲邏輯值VK21,藉由對於該第 二參考邏輯值VR21和該第二所欲邏輯值VK21執行一第二邏輯及運算PA21來確定一第二操作邏輯值VQ21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來將該第二操作邏輯值VQ21指定到該第二可變邏輯值VL21。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 determines, based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, whether the processing unit 310 currently supports a second reference logic of the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. The value is VR21. In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains a second desired logical value VK21 corresponding to the obtained second protocol identifier HP2, The two reference logic values VR21 and the second desired logic value VK21 perform a second logical sum operation PA21 to determine a second operation logic value VQ21, and perform the second operation based on the obtained second memory address AM12. A logic value VQ21 is assigned to the second variable logic value VL21.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310可選擇地獲得至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使所獲得該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21加入該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。例如,該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 may selectively obtain at least a second desired target identifier HK21, and make the obtained at least one second based on the obtained first memory address AM11. The desired target identifier HK21 is added to the second variable target identifier set WV2. For example, the at least one second desired target identifier HK21 complies with the second target identifier format requirement SF2.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310可選擇地基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2中的至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21以從該第主候選目標識別符集合WM2中選擇該至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來使所選擇的該至少一第二候選目標識別符HM21加入該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2。 In the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 may selectively access at least one second candidate target identification in the second candidate target identifier set WM2 based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2. HM21 to select the at least one second candidate target identifier HM21 from the first main candidate target identifier set WM2, and make the selected at least one second candidate target based on the obtained second memory address AM12. The identifier HM21 is added to the second variable target identifier set WV2.
在一些實施例中,該第二儲存空間SS12包含被配置以容納該第二可變資料DV21的一第三儲存塊BS13。例如,該第二儲存塊BS12具有由一第五特定資料容量值VC15所表示的一第五資料容量CD15。例如,該第五特定資料容量值VC15和該第五資料容量CD15分別是一第三資料極限長度值VF13和一第三資料極限長度LF13。該 第三資料極限長度LF13相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,小於或等於該第一資料極限長度LF11,並根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而被預先確定。 In some embodiments, the second storage space SS12 includes a third storage block BS13 configured to accommodate the second variable data DV21. For example, the second storage block BS12 has a fifth data capacity CD15 represented by a fifth specific data capacity value VC15. For example, the fifth specific data capacity value VC15 and the fifth data capacity CD15 are a third data limit length value VF13 and a third data limit length LF13, respectively. The The third data limit length LF13 is related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, is smaller than or equal to the first data limit length LF11, and is predetermined according to the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
在一些實施例中,在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310藉由比較該第二通訊協定識別符HP2和該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來判斷該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21是否為該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31以做出一第五判斷結果RD15。例如,當該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2時,該第五判斷結果RD15被做出為肯定的。 In some embodiments, in the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 determines the second application-specific protocol PC21 by comparing the second protocol identifier HP2 and the third protocol identifier HP3. Whether it is the third application-specific communication protocol PC31 to make a fifth judgment result RD15. For example, when the third communication protocol identifier HP3 is the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the fifth determination result RD15 is made affirmative.
當該第五判斷結果RD15為肯定時,該處理單元310將該第二可變資料DV21視為該原始資料DS11,並藉此將該第二電子資料DE21視為該原始資料DS11。當該第五判斷結果RD15為否定時,該處理單元310藉由比較該第三資料極限長度值VF13和該原始資料長度值VS11來判斷該原始資料DS11是否符合與所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2對應的一第二特定資料長度限制條件CL12以做出一第六判斷結果RD16。例如,該第二特定資料長度限制條件CL12取決於該第三資料極限長度值VF13。 When the fifth judgment result RD15 is affirmative, the processing unit 310 regards the second variable data DV21 as the original data DS11, and thereby uses the second electronic data DE21 as the original data DS11. When the fifth judgment result RD15 is negative, the processing unit 310 judges whether the original data DS11 complies with the obtained second communication protocol by comparing the third data limit length value VF13 and the original data length value VS11. A second specific data length restriction condition CL12 corresponding to the identifier HP2 is used to make a sixth judgment result RD16. For example, the second specific data length limitation condition CL12 depends on the third data limit length value VF13.
當該原始資料長度值VS11小於或等於該第三資料極限長度值VF13時,該第六判斷結果RD16被做出為肯定的。當該第六判斷結果RD16為肯定時,該處理單元310將該原始資料DS11指定到該第二可變資料DV21。當該第六判斷結果RD16為否定時,該處理單元310基於該 第三資料極限長度值VF13來轉換該原始資料DS11以確定符合該第二特定資料長度限制條件CL12的一第二操作資料DG12,並將該第二操作資料DG12指定到該第二可變資料DV21。 When the original data length value VS11 is less than or equal to the third data limit length value VF13, the sixth judgment result RD16 is made affirmative. When the sixth judgment result RD16 is affirmative, the processing unit 310 assigns the original data DS11 to the second variable data DV21. When the sixth judgment result RD16 is negative, the processing unit 310 is based on the The third data limit length value VF13 is used to convert the original data DS11 to determine a second operation data DG12 that meets the second specific data length restriction condition CL12, and assign the second operation data DG12 to the second variable data DV21. .
請參閱第15圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8515的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖、第12圖、第13圖和第14圖,該實施結構8515包含該電子裝置300、該訊息服務系統650和一第二通訊目標集合520。該訊息服務系統650包含一第二訊息服務裝置670。該第二通訊目標集合520包含該第二通訊目標521和一通訊目標522。 Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8515 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10, FIG. 12, FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 for assistance. The implementation structure 8515 includes the electronic device 300, the message service system 650, and a second communication target set 520. The message service system 650 includes a second message service device 670. The second communication target set 520 includes the second communication target 521 and a communication target 522.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元310完成準備該第一應用資料DA11和該第二應用資料DA12的條件下,該處理單元310在該第二請求時間TR2響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1,並藉此基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來檢查所儲存的該第二應用資料DA12。例如,該處理單元310響應於完成準備該第一應用資料DA11和該第二應用資料DA12來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 310 finishes preparing the first application data DA11 and the second application data DA12, the processing unit 310 responds to the second valid request signal QU1 at the second request time TR2 to The electronic device 300 is caused to enter the first data transmission phase UT1 and thereby check the stored second application data DA12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12. For example, the processing unit 310 receives the second valid request signal QU1 in response to completing the preparation of the first application data DA11 and the second application data DA12.
當該電子裝置300進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1時,該處理單元310確認該第二可變資料DV21、該第二可變邏輯值VL21和該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2分別成為該第二電子資料DE21、一第二有效邏輯值VE21和一第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並藉此基於所獲得的 該第二記憶體位址AM12來檢查在該第二儲存空間SS12中所儲存的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所儲存的該第二電子資料DE21、所儲存的該第二有效邏輯值VE21和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2。例如,所儲存的該第二電子資料DE21源自該原始資料DS11,並相同或不同於所儲存的該第一電子資料DE11。所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2被配置以識別一第二通訊目標集合520。屬於該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別屬於第二通訊目標集合520的該第二通訊目標521。 When the electronic device 300 enters the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 310 confirms that the second variable data DV21, the second variable logic value VL21, and the second variable target identifier set WV2 become the The second electronic data DE21, a second valid logical value VE21, and a second communication target identifier set WT2, and based on this, The second memory address AM12 is used to check the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the second storage space SS12, the second source target identifier HS21 stored, and the second electronic data DE21 stored 2. The stored second valid logical value VE21 and the stored second communication target identifier set WT2. For example, the stored second electronic data DE21 is derived from the original data DS11 and is the same as or different from the stored first electronic data DE11. The stored second communication target identifier set WT2 is configured to identify a second communication target set 520. The second communication target identifier HT21 belonging to the second communication target identifier set WT2 is configured to identify the second communication target 521 belonging to the second communication target set 520.
在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來從所儲存的該第二應用資料DA12中獲得該第二有效邏輯值VE21,並藉由評估所獲得的該第二有效邏輯值VE21來判斷在該第二儲存空間SS12中所儲存的該第二有效邏輯值VE21是否為真以做出一第七判斷結果RD17。 In the first data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 310 obtains the second valid logical value VE21 from the stored second application data DA12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12, and evaluates The obtained second valid logic value VE21 is used to determine whether the second valid logic value VE21 stored in the second storage space SS12 is true to make a seventh judgment result RD17.
當該第七判斷結果RD17為肯定時,該處理單元310判斷在該第二儲存空間SS12中所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2是否為空的以做出一第八判斷結果RD18。當該第八判斷結果RD18為肯定時,該處理單元310確認該處理單元310被禁止在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中執行向該第二通訊目標集合520的該第二資料傳輸TD2。 When the seventh determination result RD17 is positive, the processing unit 310 determines whether the second communication target identifier set WT2 stored in the second storage space SS12 is empty to make an eighth determination result RD18. When the eighth judgment result RD18 is positive, the processing unit 310 confirms that the processing unit 310 is prohibited from performing the second data transmission TD2 to the second communication target set 520 in the first data transmission phase UT1.
當該第八判斷結果RD18為否定時:該第二通訊目標集合520由該第二通訊目標521和第二複數通訊 目標521、522、…的其中之一所組成,該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的其中之一所組成,且該處理單元310確認該處理單元310被允許在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1中用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21執行向該第二通訊目標集合520的該第二資料傳輸TD2。例如,該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…包含該第二通訊目標521,並分別為第二複數外部通訊裝置或第二複數外部電子裝置。該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…包含該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。該第二通訊目標識別符HT21是該第二所欲目標識別符HK21和所選擇的該第二候選目標識別符HM21的其中之一。 When the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative: the second communication target set 520 is communicated by the second communication target 521 and the second plural number One of the targets 521, 522, ..., the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of one of the second communication target identifier HT21 and the second plural communication target identifier HT21, HT22, ... And the processing unit 310 confirms that the processing unit 310 is allowed to perform the second data transmission TD2 to the second communication target set 520 with the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 in the first data transmission phase UT1. For example, the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522, ... include the second communication target 521, and are the second plurality of external communication devices or the second plurality of external electronic devices, respectively. The second plurality of communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ... include the second communication target identifier HT21. The second communication target identifier HT21 is one of the second desired target identifier HK21 and the second candidate target identifier HM21 selected.
在該第八判斷結果RD18為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來從所儲存的該第二應用資料DA12中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2。例如,在該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該第二電子資料DE21和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二通訊目標521傳送該第二電子資料DE21。 Under the condition that the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative, the processing unit 310 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2 from the stored second application data DA12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12. The second source target identifier HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and the second communication target identifier set WT2. For example, under the condition that the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21, the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 and the obtained second The source target identifier HS21, the obtained second electronic data DE21, and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21 are used to transmit the second electronic data to the second communication target 521 using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. DE21.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310進一步耦 合於包含於該訊息服務系統650中的一第二訊息服務裝置670。例如,該第二訊息服務裝置670支援該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21,並相同或不同於該第一訊息服務裝置660。在該第五判斷結果RD15為肯定且該第八判斷結果RD18為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該第二電子資料DE21和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2的一第七電子訊息QA71。例如,該第七電子訊息QA71是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第四指示訊息。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 is further coupled Combined with a second message service device 670 included in the message service system 650. For example, the second message service device 670 supports the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, and is the same as or different from the first message service device 660. Under the condition that the fifth judgment result RD15 is positive and the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative, the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 and the obtained second source target identifier HS21 2. The obtained second electronic data DE21 and the obtained second communication target identifier set WT2 are transmitted to the second information service device 670 using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, including the second source target identification. A seventh electronic message QA71 of the character HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and the second communication target identifier set WT2. For example, the seventh electronic message QA71 is or serves as a fourth instruction message for instructing the second information service device 670.
在該第五判斷結果RD15為肯定且該第八判斷結果RD18為否定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下,該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第七電子訊息QA71來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二通訊目標521傳輸一第八電子訊息QA81,藉此該第二通訊目標521用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的一第七特定應用通訊協定PC71來接收該第八電子訊息QA81。例如,該第八電子訊息QA81包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 Under the condition that the fifth judgment result RD15 is positive and the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21, the second message service device 670 In response to the seventh electronic message QA71, the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is used to transmit an eighth electronic message QA81 to the second communication target 521, whereby the second communication target 521 uses the second application-specific communication protocol. PC21 matches or is the same as a seventh application-specific communication protocol PC71 to receive the eighth electronic message QA81. For example, the eighth electronic message QA81 includes the second source target identifier HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and the second communication target identifier HT21.
在該第五判斷結果RD15為肯定且該第八判 斷結果RD18為否定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…所組成的條件下,該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第八電子訊息QA81來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…分開地傳輸與該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…分別對應的第二複數電子訊息QA81、QA82、…,藉此該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的第二複數各自通訊協定來分別接收該第二複數電子訊息QA81、QA82、…。例如,該第二複數電子訊息QA81、QA82、…皆包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。包含於該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…中的該第二通訊目標521用包含於該第二複數各自通訊協定中的該第七特定應用通訊協定PC71來接收包含於該第二複數電子訊息QA81、QA82、…中的該第八電子訊息QA81。 In the fifth judgment result RD15 is affirmative and the eighth judgment Under the condition that RD18 is negative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ..., the second message service device 670 responds to the eighth electronic message QA81 to The second application-specific communication protocol PC21 is used to separately transmit second plural electronic messages QA81, QA82, ... corresponding to the second plural communication targets 521, 522, ... to the second plural communication targets 521, 522, ..., respectively. Therefore, the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522, ... receive the second plurality of electronic messages QA81, QA82, ... with a second plurality of respective communication protocols matching or the same as the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the second plurality of electronic messages QA81, QA82, ... all include the second source target identifier HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and the second communication target identifier HT21. The second communication target 521 included in the second plural communication targets 521, 522,... Uses the seventh application-specific communication protocol PC71 included in the second plural plural communication protocols to receive the second plural electrons. The eighth electronic message QA81 in messages QA81, QA82, ....
在該第五判斷結果RD15為否定且該第八判斷結果RD18為否定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所組成的條件下:該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該第二電子資料DE21和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該第 二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第九電子訊息QA91;以及該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第九電子訊息QA91來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向該第二通訊目標521傳輸一第十電子訊息QAA1,藉此該第二通訊目標521用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相同的一第八特定應用通訊協定PC81來接收該第十電子訊息QAA1。例如,該第九電子訊息QA91是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第五指示訊息。例如,該第十電子訊息QAA1至少包含該第二電子資料DE21。 Under the condition that the fifth judgment result RD15 is negative and the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second communication target identifier HT21: the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained The second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained second source target identifier HS21, the obtained second electronic data DE21, and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21, using the second specific application The communication protocol PC21 and transmits to the second information service device 670 the second source service identifier HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and the first A ninth electronic message QA91 of two communication target identifiers HT21; and the second message service device 670 responds to the ninth electronic message QA91 to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit a first communication message to the second communication target 521 Ten electronic messages QAA1, whereby the second communication target 521 receives the tenth electronic message QAA1 with an eighth application-specific communication protocol PC81 that matches or is the same as the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the ninth electronic message QA91 is or serves as a fifth instruction message for instructing the second information service device 670. For example, the tenth electronic message QAA1 includes at least the second electronic data DE21.
在該第五判斷結果RD15為否定且該第八判斷結果RD18為否定且該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2由該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…所組成的條件下,對於包含於該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…中的每一第二各自識別符:該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2、所獲得的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所獲得的該第二電子資料DE21和所獲得的該每一第二各自識別符,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二電子資料DE21和該每一第二各自識別符的一第十一電子訊息QAB1;以及該第二訊息服務裝置670響應該第十一電子訊息QAB1來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21以向由該每一第二各自識別符所識別的每一第二各自目標傳輸一第十二電子訊息QAC1,藉此該每一第二各自目標用與該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21匹配或相 同的一第九特定應用通訊協定PC91來接收各自的該第十二電子訊息QAC1。例如,各自的該第十一電子訊息QAB1是或作為用於指示該第二訊息服務裝置670的一第六指示訊息。例如,各自的該第十二電子訊息QAC1至少包含該第二電子資料DE21。 Under the condition that the fifth judgment result RD15 is negative and the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative and the second communication target identifier set WT2 is composed of the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ... Each second respective identifier in the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22, ...: the processing unit 310 is based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2, the obtained second source target identifier Character HS21, the obtained second electronic data DE21, and each obtained second respective identifier, using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to transmit to the second information service device 670 including the second source target An identifier HS21, the second electronic data DE21, and an eleventh electronic message QAB1 of each second respective identifier; and the second message service device 670 responds to the eleventh electronic message QAB1 to use the second specific The communication protocol PC21 is applied to transmit a twelfth electronic message QAC1 to each second respective target identified by the each second respective identifier, whereby the each second respective target uses the second special target. Application Protocol PC21 or phase match The same ninth specific application communication protocol PC91 receives the twelfth electronic message QAC1. For example, each of the eleventh electronic messages QAB1 is or serves as a sixth instruction message for instructing the second message service device 670. For example, each of the twelfth electronic messages QAC1 includes at least the second electronic data DE21.
在一些實施例中,在該第八判斷結果RD18為否定的條件下,該處理單元310基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來控制該儲存單元320以從該第二儲存空間SS12中獲得所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所儲存的該第二電子資料DE21和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並藉此輸出該第七電子訊息QA71、該第九電子訊息QA91和各自的該第十一電子訊息QAB1的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the eighth determination result RD18 is negative, the processing unit 310 controls the storage unit 320 to obtain from the second storage space SS12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12. The stored second source target identifier HS21, the stored second electronic data DE21, and the stored second communication target identifier set WT2, thereby outputting the seventh electronic message QA71, the ninth electronic One of the message QA91 and the respective eleventh electronic message QAB1.
在一些實施例中,該第二通訊目標集合520是一第一空集合,或由該第二通訊目標521和該第二複數通訊目標521、522、…的其中之一所組成。該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2是一第二空集合,或由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的其中之一所組成。該第二通訊目標521相同或不同於該第一通訊目標511。該儲存單元320在該儲存區KS1中儲存該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1,並由包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…所組成。 In some embodiments, the second communication target set 520 is a first empty set, or is composed of one of the second communication target 521 and the second plurality of communication targets 521, 522,... The second communication target identifier set WT2 is a second empty set, or is composed of one of the second communication target identifier HT21 and the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22,... The second communication target 521 is the same as or different from the first communication target 511. The storage unit 320 stores the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify the specific application protocol group GP1, and includes a plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, including the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2. Consisting of HP2, ...
在一些實施例中,該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…被配置以分別識別該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…,並分別具有由複數序數NP1、NP2、…所分別代表的複數順序位置,藉此該第一通訊協定識別符HP1具有由一第一序數NP1所代表的一第一順序位置,且該第二通訊協定識別符HP2具有由一第二序數NP2所代表的一第二順序位置。該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…組成該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1,並包含該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。例如,該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1是一特定通訊協定識別符陣列,並被預先確定。 In some embodiments, the plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2, ... are configured to identify the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ..., respectively, and each has a plurality of Plural sequence positions, whereby the first protocol identifier HP1 has a first sequence position represented by a first ordinal number NP1, and the second protocol identifier HP2 has a first sequence position represented by a second ordinal number NP2 Second sequential position. The plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... Constitute the application-specific protocol group GP1, and include the first application-specific protocol PC11 and the second application-specific protocol PC21. For example, the specific protocol identifier group GH1 is a specific protocol identifier array and is predetermined.
在該第一資料準備階段UP1中或在該第一資料準備階段UP1之前,該處理單元310基於該第一序數NP1來存取在該儲存區KS1中該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1以獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第二序數NP2來存取在該儲存區KS1中該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2以獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。該處理單元310從該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…,並基於所獲得的該複數通訊協定識別符HP1、HP2、…來依序在該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…下執行與該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…分別相關的複數資料傳輸。 In the first data preparation phase UP1 or before the first data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 310 accesses the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1 based on the first ordinal number NP1. The first protocol identifier HP1 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1, and accesses the second communication in the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1 based on the second ordinal number NP2. The protocol identifier HP2 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2. The processing unit 310 obtains the plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2,... From the specific protocol identifier group GH1, and sequentially proceeds to the plural number based on the obtained plurality of protocol identifiers HP1, HP2, .... Different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ... perform plural data transmissions related to the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, ..., respectively.
在一些實施例中,該第一複數通訊目標識別 符HT11、HT12、…的每一識別符是一第一電子郵件位址、一第一電話號碼、一第一統一資源定位符和一第一網路位址的其中之一,並符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。例如,各自的該第一電話號碼是一第一移動電話號碼。該第一來源目標識別符HS11符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1,並要被使用以在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下執行向該電子裝置300的一第三資料傳輸。 In some embodiments, the first plurality of communication target identifications Each identifier of the characters HT11, HT12, ... is one of a first email address, a first telephone number, a first uniform resource locator, and a first network address, and conforms to the first A target identifier format specifies SF1. For example, the respective first telephone number is a first mobile telephone number. The first source target identifier HS11 complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1, and is to be used to perform a third data transmission to the electronic device 300 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
該第二複數通訊目標識別符HT21、HT22、…的每一識別符是一第二電子郵件位址、一第二電話號碼、一第二統一資源定位符和一第二網路位址的其中之一,並符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。例如,各自的該第二電話號碼是一第二移動電話號碼。該第二來源目標識別符HS21符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2,並要被使用以在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下執行向該電子裝置300的一第四資料傳輸。 Each identifier of the second plural communication target identifiers HT21, HT22,... Is one of a second email address, a second telephone number, a second uniform resource locator, and a second network address. One and conforms to the second target identifier format specification SF2. For example, the respective second telephone number is a second mobile telephone number. The second source target identifier HS21 complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2 and is to be used to perform a fourth data transmission to the electronic device 300 under the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置300包含該儲存單元320和該處理單元310。該儲存單元320儲存被配置以識別該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該處理單元310耦合於該儲存單元320,並響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1和該第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一來獲得該第一電子資料DE11和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電 子資料DE11。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 300 includes the storage unit 320 and the processing unit 310. The storage unit 320 stores the first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify the first application-specific protocol PC11. The processing unit 310 is coupled to the storage unit 320 and obtains the first electronic data DE11 and the first communication protocol identifier HP1 in response to one of the first valid request signal QR1 and the second valid request signal QU1. The accessed first communication target identifier HT11 uses the first application specific communication protocol PC11 to transmit the first communication to the first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11. Child profile DE11.
請參閱第16圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8516的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖、第11圖、第12圖、第13圖、第14圖和第15圖,該實施結構8516包含該電子裝置300、該訊息服務系統650、該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521。該訊息服務系統650包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670。 Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8516 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10, FIG. 11, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 14, and FIG. 15. The implementation structure 8516 includes the electronic device 300, the message service system 650, and the first communication target 511. And the second communication target 521. The message service system 650 includes the first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置300是一第一計算裝置、一第一通訊裝置、一第一使用者裝置、一第一移動裝置、一第一可攜式裝置、一第一桌上型裝置、一第一相對固定裝置、一第一固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一,在該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11下由該第一來源目標識別符HS11所識別,並在該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21下由該第二來源目標識別符HS21所識別。例如,該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1包含或獨立於該第一來源目標識別符HS11。例如,該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2包含或獨立於該第二來源目標識別符HS21。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 300 is a first computing device, a first communication device, a first user device, a first mobile device, a first portable device, and a first desktop type. One of the device, a first relative fixed device, a first fixed device, and any combination thereof, is identified by the first source target identifier HS11 under the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, and in the second The application-specific communication protocol PC21 is identified by the second source target identifier HS21. For example, the first communication target identifier set WT1 includes or is independent of the first source target identifier HS11. For example, the second communication target identifier set WT2 includes or is independent of the second source target identifier HS21.
該第一複數通訊目標識別符HT11、HT12、…要被使用以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11分別鏈接到該第一複數通訊目標511、512、…。該第一來源目標識別符HS11要被使用以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11鏈接到該電子裝置300,並是一第三電子郵件位址、一第三電話號碼、一第三統一資源定位符和一第三網路位址的其中之 一。例如,該第三電話號碼是一第三移動電話號碼。 The first plural communication target identifiers HT11, HT12, ... are to be used to link to the first plural communication target 511, 512, ... using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, respectively. The first source target identifier HS11 is to be used to link to the electronic device 300 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, and is a third email address, a third phone number, and a third uniform resource location. And a third network address One. For example, the third phone number is a third mobile phone number.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310執行一特定應用功能FA1。例如,該特定應用功能FA1由一應用功能識別符HF1所識別。該第一特定資料容量值VC11根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第二特定資料容量值VC12根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第三特定資料容量值VC13根據該第三特定應用通訊協定PC31、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第四特定資料容量值VC14根據該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。該第五特定資料容量值VC15根據該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21、該特定應用功能FA1和其組合的其中之一而被預先確定。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 executes an application-specific function FA1. For example, the application-specific function FA1 is identified by an application function identifier HF1. The first specific data capacity value VC11 is determined in advance according to one of the first specific application communication protocol PC11, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The second specific data capacity value VC12 is determined in advance according to one of the second specific application communication protocol PC21, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The third specific data capacity value VC13 is determined in advance according to one of the third specific application communication protocol PC31, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The fourth specific data capacity value VC14 is determined in advance according to one of the first specific application communication protocol PC11, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof. The fifth specific data capacity value VC15 is predetermined in accordance with one of the second specific application communication protocol PC21, the specific application function FA1, and a combination thereof.
在一些實施例中,該儲存單元320受該處理單元310控制,包含耦合於該處理單元310的一非揮發性記憶體單元322、和耦合於該處理單元310的一揮發性記憶體單元324,並儲存一儲存資料DN11、該第一應用資料DA11和該第二應用資料DA12。例如,該儲存資料DN11被儲存於該儲存區KS1中。 In some embodiments, the storage unit 320 is controlled by the processing unit 310 and includes a non-volatile memory unit 322 coupled to the processing unit 310 and a volatile memory unit 324 coupled to the processing unit 310. A stored data DN11, the first application data DA11 and the second application data DA12 are stored. For example, the stored data DN11 is stored in the storage area KS1.
當該第一儲存空間SS11是該第一非揮發性記憶體空間時,該第一儲存空間SS11包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元322中。當該第一儲存空間SS11是該第一揮發性 記憶體空間時,該第一儲存空間SS11包含於該揮發性記憶體單元324中。當該第二儲存空間SS12是該第二非揮發性記憶體空間時,該第二儲存空間SS12包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元322中。當該第二儲存空間SS12是該第二揮發性記憶體空間時,該第二儲存空間SS12包含於該揮發性記憶體單元324中。當該儲存區KS1是該非揮發性記憶體區域時,該儲存區KS1包含於該非揮發性記憶體單元322中。當該儲存區KS1是該揮發性記憶體區域時,該儲存區KS1包含於該揮發性記憶體單元324中。 When the first storage space SS11 is the first non-volatile memory space, the first storage space SS11 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 322. When the first storage space SS11 is the first volatile In the memory space, the first storage space SS11 is included in the volatile memory unit 324. When the second storage space SS12 is the second non-volatile memory space, the second storage space SS12 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 322. When the second storage space SS12 is the second volatile memory space, the second storage space SS12 is included in the volatile memory unit 324. When the storage area KS1 is the non-volatile memory area, the storage area KS1 is included in the non-volatile memory unit 322. When the storage area KS1 is the volatile memory area, the storage area KS1 is included in the volatile memory unit 324.
該儲存資料DN11儲存於該儲存區KS1中,並包含該應用功能識別符HF1、該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1、基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被儲存於該儲存區KS1中的一第一參考資料DX11、基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被儲存於該儲存區KS1中的一第二參考資料DX12、和基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被儲存於該儲存區KS1中的一第三參考資料DX13。 The stored data DN11 is stored in the storage area KS1, and includes the application function identifier HF1, the specific protocol identifier group GH1, and the data stored in the storage area KS1 based on the first protocol identifier HP1. A first reference material DX11, a second reference material DX12 stored in the storage area KS1 based on the second protocol identifier HP2, and a third reference material DX12 stored in the storage area based on the third protocol identifier HP3. A third reference DX13 in KS1.
該第一參考資料DX11、該第二參考資料DX12和該第三參考資料DX13分別被儲存於一第三記憶體位置PM13、一第四記憶體位置PM14和一第五記憶體位置PM15。該第三記憶體位置PM13、該第四記憶體位置PM14和該第五記憶體位置PM15分別由一第三記憶體位址AM13、一第四記憶體位址AM14和一第五記憶體位址AM15所識別。 The first reference material DX11, the second reference material DX12, and the third reference material DX13 are stored in a third memory location PM13, a fourth memory location PM14, and a fifth memory location PM15, respectively. The third memory location PM13, the fourth memory location PM14, and the fifth memory location PM15 are identified by a third memory address AM13, a fourth memory address AM14, and a fifth memory address AM15, respectively. .
在一些實施例中,該第三記憶體位址 AM13、該第四記憶體位址AM14和該第五記憶體位址AM15分別基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第二通訊協定識別符HP2和該第三通訊協定識別符HP3而被確定,藉此該第一參考資料DX11、該第二參考資料DX12和該第三參考資料DX13被配置以分別對應於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1、該第二通訊協定識別符HP2和該第三通訊協定識別符HP3。 In some embodiments, the third memory address AM13, the fourth memory address AM14, and the fifth memory address AM15 are determined based on the first protocol identifier HP1, the second protocol identifier HP2, and the third protocol identifier HP3, respectively. The first reference material DX11, the second reference material DX12, and the third reference material DX13 are configured to correspond to the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and the third communication protocol, respectively. Identifier HP3.
該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。在該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下:該第三參考資料DX13包含於該第一參考資料DX11中;該第五記憶體位置PM15是該第三記憶體位置PM13;以及該第五記憶體位址AM15是該第三記憶體位址AM13。在該第三通訊協定識別符HP3是該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下:該第三參考資料DX13包含於該第二參考資料DX12中;該第五記憶體位置PM15是該第四記憶體位置PM14;以及該第五記憶體位址AM15是該第四記憶體位址AM14。 The specific protocol identifier group GH1 includes the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2. Under the condition that the third protocol identifier HP3 is the first protocol identifier HP1: the third reference material DX13 is included in the first reference material DX11; the fifth memory position PM15 is the third memory The body position PM13; and the fifth memory address AM15 is the third memory address AM13. Under the condition that the third protocol identifier HP3 is the second protocol identifier HP2: the third reference material DX13 is included in the second reference material DX12; the fifth memory position PM15 is the fourth memory Body position PM14; and the fifth memory address AM15 is the fourth memory address AM14.
該第一參考資料DX11包含第一複數應用參數,該第一複數應用參數包含該第一來源目標識別符HS11、該第一候選目標識別符集合WM1、該第一參考邏輯值VR11、該第一特定資料容量值VC11、該第四特定資料容量值VC14、該第一記憶體位址AM11和該第一顯示坐標資料DP11。該第二參考資料DX12包含第二複數應用參 數,該第二複數應用參數包含該第二來源目標識別符HS21、該第二候選目標識別符集合WM2、該第二參考邏輯值VR21、該第二特定資料容量值VC62、該第五特定資料容量值VC15、該第二記憶體位址AM12和該第二顯示坐標資料DP12。該第三參考資料DX13包含該第三特定資料容量值VC13。 The first reference material DX11 includes a first plural application parameter, and the first plural application parameter includes the first source target identifier HS11, the first candidate target identifier set WM1, the first reference logical value VR11, the first The specific data capacity value VC11, the fourth specific data capacity value VC14, the first memory address AM11, and the first display coordinate data DP11. The second reference DX12 contains a second plural application parameter The second complex application parameter includes the second source target identifier HS21, the second candidate target identifier set WM2, the second reference logical value VR21, the second specific data capacity value VC62, and the fifth specific data The capacity value VC15, the second memory address AM12, and the second display coordinate data DP12. The third reference material DX13 includes the third specific data capacity value VC13.
該處理單元310基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第三記憶體位址AM13,並基於所獲得的該第三記憶體位址AM13來存取包含於該第一複數應用參數中的至少一第一應用參數以獲得該至少一第一應用參數。該處理單元310基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第四記憶體位址AM14,並基於所獲得的該第四記憶體位址AM14來存取包含於該第二複數應用參數中的至少一第二應用參數以獲得該至少一第二應用參數。該處理單元310基於該第三通訊協定識別符HP3來獲得該第五記憶體位址AM15,並基於所獲得的該第五記憶體位址AM15來存取包含於該第三參考資料DX13中的該第三特定資料容量值VC13以獲得該第三特定資料容量值VC13。 The processing unit 310 obtains the third memory address AM13 based on the first protocol identifier HP1, and accesses at least one of the first plurality of application parameters based on the obtained third memory address AM13. The first application parameter to obtain the at least one first application parameter. The processing unit 310 obtains the fourth memory address AM14 based on the second protocol identifier HP2, and accesses at least one of the second plurality of application parameters based on the obtained fourth memory address AM14. The second application parameter to obtain the at least one second application parameter. The processing unit 310 obtains the fifth memory address AM15 based on the third protocol identifier HP3, and accesses the first memory included in the third reference material DX13 based on the obtained fifth memory address AM15. Three specific data capacity values VC13 to obtain the third specific data capacity value VC13.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310包含一通訊介面單元314和一處理器312。該通訊介面單元314耦合於該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670。例如,該通訊介面單元314是一無線介面單元和一有線介面單元的其中之一。該處理器312耦合於該儲存單元320和該通訊介面單元314,並控制該儲存單元320和該通訊介面 單元314。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 includes a communication interface unit 314 and a processor 312. The communication interface unit 314 is coupled to the first information service device 660 and the second information service device 670. For example, the communication interface unit 314 is one of a wireless interface unit and a wired interface unit. The processor 312 is coupled to the storage unit 320 and the communication interface unit 314, and controls the storage unit 320 and the communication interface Unit 314.
在一些實施例中,該處理器312從該儲存區KS1的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來從該儲存區KS1中獲得表示該第一資料容量CD11的該第一特定資料容量值VC11,基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC11來在該儲存單元320中分配具有該第一資料容量CD11的該第一儲存空間SS11以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS11的該第一記憶體位址AM11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來在該第一儲存空間SS11中準備該第一電子資料DE11和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。 In some embodiments, the processor 312 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1, and obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 based on the obtained first protocol identifier HP1. The first specific data capacity value VC11 representing the first data capacity CD11 is obtained in the storage area KS1, and the first data capacity CD11 is allocated in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC11. The first storage space SS11 to obtain the first memory address AM11 configured to identify the first storage space SS11 and prepare in the first storage space SS11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11 The first electronic data DE11 and the first communication target identifier HT11.
在該處理器312於該儲存單元320中完成準備該第一電子資料DE11、該第二電子資料DE21、該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來控制該儲存單元320存取所準備的該第一電子資料DE11和所準備的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以使該通訊介面單元314從該第一儲存空間SS11中獲得所準備的該第一電子資料DE11和所準備的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來控制該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE11。 The processing is completed on the condition that the processor 312 completes the preparation of the first electronic data DE11, the second electronic data DE21, the first communication target identifier HT11, and the second communication target identifier HT21 in the storage unit 320. The controller 312 controls the storage unit 320 to access the prepared first electronic data DE11 and the prepared first communication target identifier HT11 based on the obtained first memory address AM11 to enable the communication interface unit 314 to The prepared first electronic data DE11 and the prepared first communication target identifier HT11 are obtained in the first storage space SS11, and the communication interface unit 314 is controlled based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1. Therefore, the communication interface unit 314 transmits the first electronic data DE11 to the first communication target 511 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC11.
該處理器312基於所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來輸出一第一控制訊號QT11到該通訊介面單元314。該通訊介面單元314基於該第一控制訊號QT11、所獲得的該第一電子資料DE11和所獲得的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11向該第一訊息服務裝置660輸出該第一電子訊息QA11、該第三電子訊息QA31和各自的該第五電子訊息QA51的其中之一。 The processor 312 outputs a first control signal QT11 to the communication interface unit 314 based on the obtained first communication protocol identifier HP1 and the obtained first memory address AM11. The communication interface unit 314 uses the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to serve the first message based on the first control signal QT11, the obtained first electronic data DE11, and the obtained first communication target identifier HT11. The device 660 outputs one of the first electronic message QA11, the third electronic message QA31, and the fifth electronic message QA51.
該處理器312從該儲存區KS1的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來從該儲存區KS1中獲得表示該第二資料容量CD12的該第二特定資料容量值VC12,基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC12來在該儲存單元320中分配具有該第二資料容量CD12的該第二儲存空間SS12以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS12的該第二記憶體位址AM12,並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來在該第二儲存空間SS12中準備該第二電子資料DE21和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 The processor 312 obtains the second protocol identifier HP2 from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1, and obtains the second protocol identifier HP2 from the storage area KS1 based on the obtained second protocol identifier HP2. The second specific data capacity value VC12 representing the second data capacity CD12, and the second storage space having the second data capacity CD12 is allocated in the storage unit 320 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC12. SS12 obtains the second memory address AM12 configured to identify the second storage space SS12, and prepares the second electronic data DE21 in the second storage space SS12 based on the obtained second memory address AM12. And the second communication target identifier HT21.
在該處理器312於該儲存單元320中完成準備該第一電子資料DE11、該第二電子資料DE21、該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來控制該儲存單元320存取所準備的該第二電子資料DE21和所準備的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以使該通訊介面 單元314從該第二儲存空間SS12中獲得所準備的該第二電子資料DE21和所準備的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來控制該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二通訊目標521傳送該第二電子資料DE21。 The processing is completed on the condition that the processor 312 completes the preparation of the first electronic data DE11, the second electronic data DE21, the first communication target identifier HT11, and the second communication target identifier HT21 in the storage unit 320. The controller 312 controls the storage unit 320 to access the prepared second electronic data DE21 and the prepared second communication target identifier HT21 based on the obtained second memory address AM12 to enable the communication interface. The unit 314 obtains the prepared second electronic data DE21 and the prepared second communication target identifier HT21 from the second storage space SS12, and controls the communication based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2. The interface unit 314 enables the communication interface unit 314 to transmit the second electronic data DE21 to the second communication target 521 using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21.
該處理器312基於所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2和所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來輸出一第二控制訊號QT12到該通訊介面單元314。該通訊介面單元314基於該第二控制訊號QT12、所獲得的該第二電子資料DE21和所獲得的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21向該第二訊息服務裝置670輸出該第七電子訊息QA71、該第九電子訊息QA91和各自的該第十一電子訊息QAB1的其中之一。 The processor 312 outputs a second control signal QT12 to the communication interface unit 314 based on the obtained second communication protocol identifier HP2 and the obtained second memory address AM12. The communication interface unit 314 uses the second application-specific communication protocol PC21 to serve the second message based on the second control signal QT12, the obtained second electronic data DE21, and the obtained second communication target identifier HT21. The device 670 outputs one of the seventh electronic message QA71, the ninth electronic message QA91, and the respective eleventh electronic message QAB1.
在一些實施例中,在該第四判斷結果RD14為否定的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來控制該儲存單元320和該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314從該第一儲存空間SS11中獲得所儲存的該第一來源目標識別符HS11、所儲存的該第一電子資料DE11和所儲存的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1,並輸出該第一控制訊號QT11到該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而輸出該第一電子訊息QA11、該第三電子訊息QA31和各自的該第五電子訊息QA51的其中之一。 In some embodiments, under the condition that the fourth determination result RD14 is negative, the processor 312 controls the storage unit 320 and the communication interface unit 314 based on the obtained first memory address AM11 to enable the communication The interface unit 314 obtains the stored first source target identifier HS11, the stored first electronic data DE11, and the stored first communication target identifier set WT1 from the first storage space SS11, and outputs the A first control signal QT11 is sent to the communication interface unit 314 so that the communication interface unit 314 uses the first application specific communication protocol PC11 to output the first electronic message QA11, the third electronic message QA31, and the fifth electronic message One of QA51.
在該第八判斷結果RD18為否定的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來控制該儲存單元320和該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314從該第二儲存空間SS12中獲得所儲存的該第二來源目標識別符HS21、所儲存的該第二電子資料DE21和所儲存的該第二通訊目標識別符集合WT2,並輸出該第二控制訊號QT12到該通訊介面單元314以使該通訊介面單元314用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21而輸出該第七電子訊息QA71、該第九電子訊息QA91和各自的該第十一電子訊息QAB1的其中之一。 Under the condition that the eighth judgment result RD18 is negative, the processor 312 controls the storage unit 320 and the communication interface unit 314 based on the obtained second memory address AM12 so that the communication interface unit 314 is removed from the first The second storage space SS12 obtains the stored second source target identifier HS21, the stored second electronic data DE21, and the stored second communication target identifier set WT2, and outputs the second control signal QT12 to The communication interface unit 314 causes the communication interface unit 314 to output one of the seventh electronic message QA71, the ninth electronic message QA91, and the eleventh electronic message QAB1 using the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. .
在一些實施例中,該第一通訊目標511是一第二計算裝置、一第二通訊裝置、一第二使用者裝置、一第二移動裝置、一第二可攜式裝置、一第二桌上型裝置、一第二相對固定裝置、一第二固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一。該第二通訊目標521是一第三計算裝置、一第三通訊裝置、一第三使用者裝置、一第三移動裝置、一第三可攜式裝置、一第三桌上型裝置、一第三相對固定裝置、一第三固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一。 In some embodiments, the first communication target 511 is a second computing device, a second communication device, a second user device, a second mobile device, a second portable device, and a second table. One of a top device, a second relative fixing device, a second fixing device, and any combination thereof. The second communication target 521 is a third computing device, a third communication device, a third user device, a third mobile device, a third portable device, a third desktop device, a first One of three relative fixing devices, one third fixing device, and any combination thereof.
請參閱第17圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8517的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖、第11圖、第13圖、第15圖和第16圖,該實施結構8017包含該電子裝置300、一網路610、該訊息服務系統650、該第一通訊目標511和一使用者910。該訊息服務系統650包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服 務裝置670。該電子裝置300包含該處理單元310、該儲存單元320和該顯示單元330。該顯示單元330耦合於該處理器312,受該處理器312控制以顯示該第一應用資料DA11的資料內容和該第二應用資料DA12的資料內容。 Please refer to FIG. 17, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8517 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10, FIG. 11, FIG. 13, FIG. 15, and FIG. 16 for assistance. The implementation structure 8017 includes the electronic device 300, a network 610, the message service system 650, and the first communication target. 511 and a user 910. The message service system 650 includes the first message service device 660 and the second message server 务 装置 670. The electronic device 300 includes the processing unit 310, the storage unit 320 and the display unit 330. The display unit 330 is coupled to the processor 312 and is controlled by the processor 312 to display the data content of the first application data DA11 and the data content of the second application data DA12.
在一些實施例中,該電子裝置300是該第一計算裝置、該第一通訊裝置、該第一使用者裝置、該第一移動裝置、該第一可攜式裝置、該第一桌上型裝置、該第一相對固定裝置、該第一固定裝置和其任意組合的其中之一,由一使用者910所使用,並進一步包含一輸入單元340、一感測單元350和一定時器360。該輸入單元340耦合於該處理器312,受該處理器312控制,並提供一第一輸入資料DB11給該處理器312。該感測單元350耦合於該處理器312,受該處理器312控制,並提供一感測資料DQ11給該處理器312。該定時器360耦合於該處理器312,並受該處理器312控制。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 300 is the first computing device, the first communication device, the first user device, the first mobile device, the first portable device, the first desktop One of the device, the first relative fixing device, the first fixing device, and any combination thereof is used by a user 910 and further includes an input unit 340, a sensing unit 350, and a timer 360. The input unit 340 is coupled to the processor 312, is controlled by the processor 312, and provides a first input data DB11 to the processor 312. The sensing unit 350 is coupled to the processor 312, is controlled by the processor 312, and provides a sensing data DQ11 to the processor 312. The timer 360 is coupled to and controlled by the processor 312.
該通訊介面單元314進一步耦合於一網路610,並接收包含一第二輸入資料DY11的一輸入訊息QY11。例如,該通訊介面單元314通過該網路610接收該輸入訊息QY11。例如,該通訊介面單元314從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該輸入訊息QY11。該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670皆耦合於該網路610,並皆包含於該訊息服務系統650中。該電子裝置300進一步包含一匯流排380,該匯流排380耦合於該處理器312、該通訊介面單元314、該定時器 360、該儲存單元320、該輸入單元340、該顯示單元330和該感測單元350。例如,該通訊介面單元314通過該網路610來向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE11,並通過該網路610來向該第二通訊目標521傳送該第二電子資料DE21。 The communication interface unit 314 is further coupled to a network 610 and receives an input message QY11 including a second input data DY11. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the input message QY11 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the input message QY11 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521. The first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670 are both coupled to the network 610 and both are included in the message service system 650. The electronic device 300 further includes a bus 380, which is coupled to the processor 312, the communication interface unit 314, and the timer 360, the storage unit 320, the input unit 340, the display unit 330, and the sensing unit 350. For example, the communication interface unit 314 transmits the first electronic data DE11 to the first communication target 511 through the network 610, and transmits the second electronic data DE21 to the second communication target 521 through the network 610.
在該電子裝置300被應用於該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11的條件下,儲存在該儲存區KS1中的該第一來源目標識別符HS11作為被配置以識別該使用者910的一第一使用者識別符。在該電子裝置300被應用於該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21的條件下,儲存在該儲存區KS1中的該第二來源目標識別符HS21作為被配置以識別該使用者910的一第二使用者識別符。 Under the condition that the electronic device 300 is applied to the first application-specific communication protocol PC11, the first source target identifier HS11 stored in the storage area KS1 is used as a first use configured to identify the user 910. Person identifier. Under the condition that the electronic device 300 is applied to the second application-specific communication protocol PC21, the second source target identifier HS21 stored in the storage area KS1 serves as a second use configured to identify the user 910 Person identifier.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310響應與該輸入單元340和該使用者910相關的一第一使用者輸入操作PW11、與該輸入訊息QY11相關的一訊息接收、由該通訊介面單元314所接收的一第一特定請求訊息QM1、和與該定時器360相關的一第一整數溢位的其中之一來接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1以使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 responds to a first user input operation PW11 related to the input unit 340 and the user 910, a message reception related to the input message QY11 is received by the communication interface unit 314 One of a received first specific request message QM1 and a first integer overflow associated with the timer 360 to receive the first valid request signal QR1 to enable the electronic device 300 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1.
在一些實施例中,該通訊介面單元314接收包含一第一特定控制指令的該第一特定請求訊息QM1。例如,該第一特定請求訊息QM1是該第一輸入請求訊息,藉此該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一特定請求訊息QM1。該處理器312基於該第一特定控制指令來使該電子 裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1。例如,該通訊介面單元314通過該網路610來接收該第一特定請求訊息QM1。例如,該通訊介面單元314從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該第一特定請求訊息QM1。 In some embodiments, the communication interface unit 314 receives the first specific request message QM1 including a first specific control command. For example, the first specific request message QM1 is the first input request message, whereby the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first specific request message QM1. The processor 312 enables the electronic device based on the first specific control instruction. The device 300 enters the first data preparation phase UP1. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the first specific request message QM1 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the first specific request message QM1 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521.
在一些實施例中,該輸入單元340響應該第一使用者輸入操作PW21來提供該第一有效請求訊號QR1給該處理器312,其中該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一中斷請求訊號。在一些實施例中,該定時器360響應該第一整數溢位來提供該第一有效請求訊號QR1給該處理器312,其中該第一有效請求訊號QR1可能是該第一中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, the input unit 340 provides the first valid request signal QR1 to the processor 312 in response to the first user input operation PW21, wherein the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first interrupt request signal . In some embodiments, the timer 360 provides the first valid request signal QR1 to the processor 312 in response to the first integer overflow, wherein the first valid request signal QR1 may be the first interrupt request signal.
在該處理單元310響應該訊息接收來使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下:該第二輸入資料DY11包含該第一應用資料DA11和該第二應用資料DA12;在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記憶體位址AM11,並基於所獲得的該第一記憶體位址AM11來使該儲存單元320將所接收的該第一應用資料DA11儲存到或寫到該第一儲存空間SS11中;以及在該第一資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元310基於從該儲存區KS1中的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中所獲得的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM12, 並基於所獲得的該第二記憶體位址AM12來使該儲存單元320將所接收的該第二應用資料DA12儲存到或寫到該第二儲存空間SS12中。 Under the condition that the processing unit 310 causes the electronic device 300 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the message reception: the second input data DY11 includes the first application data DA11 and the second application data DA12; In the first data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains the first memory address AM11 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 obtained from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1. And based on the obtained first memory address AM11, causing the storage unit 320 to store or write the received first application data DA11 to the first storage space SS11; and in the first data preparation stage In UP1, the processing unit 310 obtains the second memory address AM12 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 obtained from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 in the storage area KS1, Based on the obtained second memory address AM12, the storage unit 320 is configured to store or write the received second application data DA12 to the second storage space SS12.
該第一記憶體位址AM11是一第一基底位址和一第一結束位址的其中之一,藉此該第一記憶體位置PM11對應地是一第一基底位置和一第一結束位置的其中之一。該第二記憶體位址AM12是一第二基底位址和一第二結束位址的其中之一,藉此該第二記憶體位置PM12對應地是一第二基底位置和一第二結束位置的其中之一。 The first memory address AM11 is one of a first base address and a first end address, whereby the first memory position PM11 is corresponding to a first base position and a first end position. one of them. The second memory address AM12 is one of a second base address and a second end address, whereby the second memory position PM12 is corresponding to a second base position and a second end position. one of them.
在該處理單元310響應該第一使用者輸入操作PW11來使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下,該處理單元310在該第一資料準備階段UP1中響應與該輸入單元340和該使用者910相關的一第二使用者輸入操作PW12來獲得該原始資料DS11,基於該原始資料DS11來確定該第一可變資料DV11以使該儲存單元320在該第一儲存空間SS11中儲存該第一應用資料DA11,並基於該原始資料DS11來確定該第二可變資料DV21以使該儲存單元320在該第二儲存空間SS12中儲存該第二應用資料DA12。 Under the condition that the processing unit 310 causes the electronic device 300 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first user input operation PW11, the processing unit 310 responds to the input unit in the first data preparation stage UP1. 340 A second user related to the user 910 inputs the operation PW12 to obtain the original data DS11, and determines the first variable data DV11 based on the original data DS11 to make the storage unit 320 in the first storage space SS11 The first application data DA11 is stored in the memory, and the second variable data DV21 is determined based on the original data DS11, so that the storage unit 320 stores the second application data DA12 in the second storage space SS12.
在一些實施例中,在該處理單元310完成準備該第一應用資料DA11和該第二應用資料DA12的條件下,該處理單元310響應與該輸入單元340和該使用者910相關的一第三使用者輸入操作PW13、由該通訊介面單元314所接收的一第二特定請求訊息QM2、和相關於該定時 器360的一第二整數溢位的其中之一來接收該第二有效請求訊號QU1。 In some embodiments, when the processing unit 310 finishes preparing the first application data DA11 and the second application data DA12, the processing unit 310 responds to a third related to the input unit 340 and the user 910. The user inputs operation PW13, a second specific request message QM2 received by the communication interface unit 314, and related to the timing One of a second integer overflow of the processor 360 to receive the second valid request signal QU1.
在一些實施例中,該通訊介面單元314接收包含一第二特定控制指令的該第二特定請求訊息QM2。例如,該第二特定請求訊息QM2是該第二輸入請求訊息,藉此該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二特定請求訊息QM2。該處理器312基於該第二特定控制指令來使該電子裝置300離開該第一資料準備階段UP1以進入該第一資料傳輸階段UT1。例如,該通訊介面單元314通過該網路610來接收該第二特定請求訊息QM2。例如,該通訊介面單元314從該第一通訊目標511和該第二通訊目標521的其中之一接收該第二特定請求訊息QM2。 In some embodiments, the communication interface unit 314 receives the second specific request message QM2 including a second specific control command. For example, the second specific request message QM2 is the second input request message, whereby the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second specific request message QM2. The processor 312 causes the electronic device 300 to leave the first data preparation phase UP1 to enter the first data transmission phase UT1 based on the second specific control instruction. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the second specific request message QM2 through the network 610. For example, the communication interface unit 314 receives the second specific request message QM2 from one of the first communication target 511 and the second communication target 521.
在一些實施例中,該輸入單元340響應該第三使用者輸入操作PW13來提供該第二有效請求訊號QU1給該處理器312,其中該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二中斷請求訊號。在一些實施例中,該定時器360響應該第二整數溢位來提供該第二有效請求訊號QU1給該處理器312,其中該第二有效請求訊號QU1可能是該第二中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, the input unit 340 provides the second valid request signal QU1 to the processor 312 in response to the third user input operation PW13, wherein the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second interrupt request signal . In some embodiments, the timer 360 provides the second valid request signal QU1 to the processor 312 in response to the second integer overflow, wherein the second valid request signal QU1 may be the second interrupt request signal.
在該處理單元310響應該第一使用者輸入操作PW11來使該電子裝置300進入該第一資料準備階段UP1的條件下,該處理單元310基於由該電子裝置300所提供的一第三應用資料DA13來確定用於該特定應用功能FA1的該原始資料DS11。例如,該第三應用資料DA13是 該第一輸入資料DB11、該儲存資料DN11、該感測資料DQ11、該第二輸入資料DY11和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該第一所欲邏輯值VK11、該至少一第一所欲目標識別符HK11、該第二所欲邏輯值VK21和該至少一第二所欲目標識別符HK21皆基於該第三應用資料DA13而被確定,並是該使用者910所欲的。 Under the condition that the processing unit 310 causes the electronic device 300 to enter the first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first user input operation PW11, the processing unit 310 is based on a third application data provided by the electronic device 300 DA13 determines the source data DS11 for the application-specific function FA1. For example, the third application data DA13 is One of the first input data DB11, the stored data DN11, the sensing data DQ11, the second input data DY11, and any combination thereof. For example, the first desired logical value VK11, the at least one first desired target identifier HK11, the second desired logical value VK21, and the at least one second desired target identifier HK21 are all based on the third application data DA13 is determined and is what the user 910 wants.
該訊息服務系統650包含分別支援該複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…的複數訊息服務裝置660、670、…。例如,該複數訊息服務裝置660、670、…包含該第一訊息服務裝置660和該第二訊息服務裝置670,並皆耦合於該通訊介面單元314和該網路610。例如,該特定應用功能FA1為一服務功能、一通訊功能、一控制功能、一資料處理功能、一資料分析功能、一資料轉換功能、和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該通訊介面單元314通過該網路610來向該第一訊息服務裝置660傳輸該第一電子訊息QA11、該第三電子訊息QA31和各自的該第五電子訊息QA51的其中之一,並通過該網路610來向該第二訊息服務裝置670傳輸該第七電子訊息QA71、該第九電子訊息QA91和各自的該第十一電子訊息QAB1的其中之一。 The message service system 650 includes a plurality of message service devices 660, 670, ... that respectively support the plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2, .... For example, the plurality of message service devices 660, 670,... Include the first message service device 660 and the second message service device 670, and are all coupled to the communication interface unit 314 and the network 610. For example, the specific application function FA1 is one of a service function, a communication function, a control function, a data processing function, a data analysis function, a data conversion function, and any combination thereof. For example, the communication interface unit 314 transmits one of the first electronic message QA11, the third electronic message QA31, and the fifth electronic message QA51 to the first message service device 660 through the network 610, and passes The network 610 transmits one of the seventh electronic message QA71, the ninth electronic message QA91, and the eleventh electronic message QAB1 to the second message service device 670.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310在該第一資料準備階段UP1中基於該第一輸入資料DB11、該儲存資料DN11、該感測資料DQ11、該第二輸入資料DY11和其任意組合的其中之一來確定該原始資料DS11,並藉此使該儲存單元320分開地在該第一儲存空間SS11和該第二儲存 空間SS12中儲存該第一電子資料DE11和該第二電子資料DE21。例如,該第一電子資料DE11為一服務資料、一物品資料、一製造資料、一材料資料、一管理資料、和其任意組合的其中之一。例如,該通訊介面單元314支援該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC21。例如,該輸入單元340在該第一資料準備階段UP1中響應與該使用者910相關的一第四使用者輸入操作PW14來提供該第一輸入資料DB11。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 is based on the first input data DB11, the stored data DN11, the sensing data DQ11, the second input data DY11, and any combination thereof in the first data preparation stage UP1. One to determine the original data DS11, and thereby make the storage unit 320 separately in the first storage space SS11 and the second storage The space SS12 stores the first electronic data DE11 and the second electronic data DE21. For example, the first electronic data DE11 is one of a service data, an article data, a manufacturing data, a material data, a management data, and any combination thereof. For example, the communication interface unit 314 supports the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 and the second application-specific communication protocol PC21. For example, the input unit 340 provides the first input data DB11 in response to a fourth user input operation PW14 related to the user 910 in the first data preparation phase UP1.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310在該第一資料傳輸階段UT1之後的一第二資料準備階段UP2中響應與該使用者910和該輸入單元340相關的一第五使用者輸入操作PW15來將儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一應用資料DA11改變成一第四應用資料DA14。例如,該處理單元310可選擇地響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW15來改變儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一電子資料DE11的一資料內容以形成該第四應用資料DA14。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 responds to a fifth user input operation PW15 related to the user 910 and the input unit 340 in a second data preparation phase UP2 after the first data transmission phase UT1. The first application data DA11 stored in the first storage space SS11 is changed to a fourth application data DA14. For example, the processing unit 310 may selectively respond to the fifth user input operation PW15 to change a data content of the first electronic data DE11 stored in the first storage space SS11 to form the fourth application data DA14.
該處理單元310可選擇地進一步響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW15來改變儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一有效邏輯值VE11的一邏輯值內容以形成該第四應用資料DA14。該處理單元310可選擇地進一步響應該第五使用者輸入操作PW15來改變儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第一通訊目標識別符集合WT1的一識別符集合內容以形成該第四應用資料DA14。 The processing unit 310 may optionally further respond to the fifth user input operation PW15 to change a logic value content of the first valid logic value VE11 stored in the first storage space SS11 to form the fourth application data DA14. The processing unit 310 may optionally further respond to the fifth user input operation PW15 to change an identifier set content of the first communication target identifier set WT1 stored in the first storage space SS11 to form the fourth application. Information DA14.
在一些實施例中,在儲存於該第一儲存空間 SS11中的該第一應用資料DA11被改變成該第四應用資料DA14的條件下,該處理單元310響應與該使用者910和該輸入單元340相關的一第六使用者輸入操作PW16來接收一第三有效請求訊號QU2,並響應該第三有效請求訊號QU2來使該電子裝置300進入在該第二資料準備階段UP2之後的一第二資料傳輸階段UT2。例如,該第三有效請求訊號QU2是一第三中斷請求訊號。 In some embodiments, after being stored in the first storage space Under the condition that the first application data DA11 in SS11 is changed to the fourth application data DA14, the processing unit 310 receives a sixth user input operation PW16 related to the user 910 and the input unit 340 to receive a The third valid request signal QU2, and in response to the third valid request signal QU2, causes the electronic device 300 to enter a second data transmission phase UT2 after the second data preparation phase UP2. For example, the third valid request signal QU2 is a third interrupt request signal.
該處理單元310在該第二資料傳輸階段UT2中基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS11中的該第四應用資料DA14以從該儲存單元320獲得該第四應用資料DA14,並基於所獲得的該第四應用資料DA14來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11而執行一第五資料傳輸TD5。例如,該處理單元310響應一第四有效請求訊號QR2來使該電子裝置300進入該第二資料準備階段UP2。 The processing unit 310 accesses the fourth application data DA14 stored in the first storage space SS11 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 in the second data transmission phase UT2 to obtain the first application data DA14 from the storage unit 320. Four application data DA14, and based on the obtained fourth application data DA14, use the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 to perform a fifth data transmission TD5. For example, the processing unit 310 causes the electronic device 300 to enter the second data preparation stage UP2 in response to a fourth valid request signal QR2.
請參閱第18圖,其為繪示於第10圖中的該通訊系統851的一實施結構8518的示意圖。請輔助地參閱第10圖、第11圖、第13圖、第15圖、第16圖和第17圖,該實施結構8517包含該電子裝置300和該使用者910。該電子裝置300包含該處理單元310、該儲存單元320和該顯示單元330。該顯示單元330包含與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1相關的該第一顯示區域KD11、和與該第二通訊協定識別符HP2相關的一第二顯示區域KD12。 Please refer to FIG. 18, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8518 of the communication system 851 shown in FIG. 10. Please refer to FIG. 10, FIG. 11, FIG. 13, FIG. 15, FIG. 16, and FIG. 17. The implementation structure 8517 includes the electronic device 300 and the user 910. The electronic device 300 includes the processing unit 310, the storage unit 320 and the display unit 330. The display unit 330 includes the first display area KD11 related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and a second display area KD12 related to the second communication protocol identifier HP2.
例如,該第一顯示區域KD11包含相依於第 一複數顯示參考位置PF11、PF12、PF13和PF14的一第一顯示邊界ND11,並具有正比於該第一特定資料容量值VC11的一第一顯示面積值VA11。該第二顯示區域KD12包含相依於第二複數顯示參考位置PF21、PF22、PF23和PF24的一第二顯示邊界ND12,並具有正比於該第二特定資料容量值VC12的一第二顯示面積值VA12。 For example, the first display area KD11 includes A plurality of display reference positions PF11, PF12, PF13, and PF14 have a first display boundary ND11, and have a first display area value VA11 proportional to the first specific data capacity value VC11. The second display area KD12 includes a second display boundary ND12 dependent on the second plural display reference positions PF21, PF22, PF23, and PF24, and has a second display area value VA12 that is proportional to the second specific data capacity value VC12. .
該第一顯示區域KD11和該第二顯示區域KD12是不同的,並分別由與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1相關的該第一顯示坐標資料DP11、和與該第一通訊協定識別符HP1相關的一第二顯示坐標資料DP12所表示。例如,該第一顯示坐標資料DP11包含被配置以分別表示該第一複數顯示參考位置PF11、PF12、PF13和PF14的第一複數螢幕參考坐標,並相依於該第一顯示面積值VA11。該第二顯示坐標資料DP12包含被配置以分別表示該第二複數顯示參考位置PF21、PF22、PF23和PF24的第二複數螢幕參考坐標,並相依於該第二顯示面積值VA12。 The first display area KD11 and the second display area KD12 are different, and are respectively related to the first display coordinate data DP11 related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and related to the first communication protocol identifier HP1. A second display coordinate data of DP12 is shown. For example, the first display coordinate data DP11 includes first complex screen reference coordinates configured to represent the first complex display reference positions PF11, PF12, PF13, and PF14, respectively, and is dependent on the first display area value VA11. The second display coordinate data DP12 includes second complex screen reference coordinates configured to represent the second complex display reference positions PF21, PF22, PF23, and PF24, respectively, and is dependent on the second display area value VA12.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310基於儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一特定資料容量值VC11以獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC11,並基於所獲得的該第一特定資料容量值VC11來確定或預先確定該第一顯示坐標資料DP11,藉此該處理單元310基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP11,基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來在該儲存區KS1中儲存該第一顯示坐標資 料DP11,並基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存在該儲存區KS1中的該第一顯示坐標資料DP11。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 accesses the first specific data capacity value VC11 stored in the storage area KS1 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 stored in the storage area KS1 to obtain the first A specific data capacity value VC11, and the first display coordinate data DP11 is determined or predetermined based on the obtained first specific data capacity value VC11, whereby the processing unit 310 obtains based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 The first display coordinate data DP11 stores the first display coordinate data in the storage area KS1 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. Material DP11, and access the first display coordinate data DP11 stored in the storage area KS1 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1.
該處理單元310基於儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二特定資料容量值VC12以獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC12,並基於所獲得的該第二特定資料容量值VC12來確定或預先確定該第二顯示坐標資料DP12,藉此該處理單元310基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP12,基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來在該儲存區KS1中儲存該第二顯示坐標資料DP12,並基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存在該儲存區KS1中的該第二顯示坐標資料DP12。 The processing unit 310 accesses the second specific data capacity value VC12 stored in the storage area KS1 based on the second protocol identifier HP2 stored in the storage area KS1 to obtain the second specific data capacity value VC12. And determine or predetermine the second display coordinate data DP12 based on the obtained second specific data capacity value VC12, whereby the processing unit 310 obtains the second display coordinate data based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 DP12 stores the second display coordinate data DP12 in the storage area KS1 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and accesses the first stored in the storage area KS1 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. Second display coordinate data DP12.
該處理單元310基於儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP11,並基於所獲得的該第一顯示坐標資料DP11來使該顯示單元330在該第一顯示區域KD11上顯示該第一電子資料DE11、代表該第一來源目標識別符HS11的一第一來源目標識別資訊MS11、和代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11。例如,在該處理器312接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第一顯示坐標資料DP11來使該顯示單元330在該第一顯示區域KD11上顯示該第一電子資料DE11、該第一來源目標識別資訊MS11和該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11。例如,該第一來源目標識別資訊MS11相同或不同 於該第一來源目標識別符HS11。例如,該第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11相同或不同於該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。 The processing unit 310 obtains the first display coordinate data DP11 based on the first protocol identifier HP1 stored in the storage area KS1, and causes the display unit 330 to display the first display coordinate data DP11 based on the obtained first display coordinate data DP11. The first display area KD11 displays the first electronic data DE11, a first source target identification information MS11 representing the first source target identifier HS11, and the first communication target representing the first communication target identifier HT11. Identification information MH11. For example, under the condition that the processor 312 receives the first valid request signal QR1, the processor 312 causes the display unit 330 to display the display unit KD11 on the first display area KD11 based on the obtained first display coordinate data DP11. The first electronic data DE11, the first source target identification information MS11, and the first communication target identification information MH11. For example, the first source target identification information MS11 is the same or different At the first source target identifier HS11. For example, the first communication target identification information MH11 is the same as or different from the first communication target identifier HT11.
該處理單元310基於儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP12,並基於所獲得的該第二顯示坐標資料DP12來使該顯示單元330在該第二顯示區域KD12上顯示該第二電子資料DE21、代表該第二來源目標識別符HS21的一第二來源目標識別資訊MS21、和代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的該第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。例如,在該處理器312接收該第一有效請求訊號QR1的條件下,該處理器312基於所獲得的該第二顯示坐標資料DP12來使該顯示單元330在該第二顯示區域KD12上顯示該第二電子資料DE21、該第二來源目標識別資訊MS21和該第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。例如,該第二來源目標識別資訊MS21相同或不同於該第二來源目標識別符HS21。例如,該第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21相同或不同於該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 The processing unit 310 obtains the second display coordinate data DP12 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 stored in the storage area KS1, and causes the display unit 330 to display the second display coordinate data DP12 based on the obtained second display coordinate data DP12. The second display area KD12 displays the second electronic data DE21, a second source target identification information MS21 representing the second source target identifier HS21, and the second communication target representing the second communication target identifier HT21. Identification information MH21. For example, under the condition that the processor 312 receives the first valid request signal QR1, the processor 312 causes the display unit 330 to display the second display area KD12 based on the obtained second display coordinate data DP12. The second electronic data DE21, the second source target identification information MS21, and the second communication target identification information MH21. For example, the second source target identification information MS21 is the same as or different from the second source target identifier HS21. For example, the second communication target identification information MH21 is the same as or different from the second communication target identifier HT21.
在一些實施例中,該第一儲存空間SS11進一步包含被配置以容納該第一可變目標識別符集合WV1的一第四儲存塊BS14。例如,該第四儲存塊BS14不同於該第二儲存塊BS12,並具有由一第六特定資料容量值VC16所表示的一第六資料容量CD16。該第二儲存空間SS12進一步包含被配置以容納該第二可變目標識別符集合WV2的一第五儲存塊BS15。例如,該第五儲存塊BS15不同於該第三儲存塊BS13,並具有由一第七特定資料容量值VC17 所表示的一第七資料容量CD17。 In some embodiments, the first storage space SS11 further includes a fourth storage block BS14 configured to accommodate the first variable target identifier set WV1. For example, the fourth storage block BS14 is different from the second storage block BS12 and has a sixth data capacity CD16 represented by a sixth specific data capacity value VC16. The second storage space SS12 further includes a fifth storage block BS15 configured to accommodate the second variable target identifier set WV2. For example, the fifth storage block BS15 is different from the third storage block BS13 and has a seventh specific data capacity value VC17. A seventh data capacity indicated by CD17.
在一些實施例中,該處理單元310用與該第一特定資料容量值VC11不同的一第八特定資料容量值VC18取代儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一特定資料容量值VC11以將該第一儲存空間SS11從該第一資料容量CD11改變到由該第八特定資料容量值VC18所表示的一第八資料容量CD18,並藉此改變該第二儲存塊BS12的一資料容量和該第四儲存塊BS14的一資料容量的至少其中之一。該處理單元310用與該第一顯示坐標資料DP11不同的一第三顯示坐標資料DP13取代儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第一顯示坐標資料DP11以將該第一顯示區域KD11從該第一顯示邊界ND11改變到由該第三顯示坐標資料DP13所表示的一第三顯示邊界ND13。例如,該第三顯示坐標資料DP13基於該第六特定資料容量值VC16而被確定。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 310 replaces the first specific data capacity value VC11 stored in the storage area KS1 with an eighth specific data capacity value VC18 that is different from the first specific data capacity value VC11. The first storage space SS11 is changed from the first data capacity CD11 to an eighth data capacity CD18 indicated by the eighth specific data capacity value VC18, and thereby changing a data capacity of the second storage block BS12 and the first data capacity At least one of a data capacity of the four storage blocks BS14. The processing unit 310 replaces the first display coordinate data DP11 stored in the storage area KS1 with a third display coordinate data DP13 different from the first display coordinate data DP11 to remove the first display area KD11 from the first The display boundary ND11 is changed to a third display boundary ND13 indicated by the third display coordinate data DP13. For example, the third display coordinate data DP13 is determined based on the sixth specific data capacity value VC16.
該處理單元310用與該第二特定資料容量值VC12不同的一第九特定資料容量值VC19取代儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二特定資料容量值VC12以將該第二儲存空間SS12從該第二資料容量CD12改變到由該第九特定資料容量值VC19所表示的一第九資料容量CD19,並藉此改變該第三儲存塊BS13的一資料容量和該第五儲存塊BS15的一資料容量的至少其中之一。該處理單元310用與該第二顯示坐標資料DP12不同的一第四顯示坐標資料DP14取代儲存於該儲存區KS1中的該第二顯示坐標資料DP12以將該第二顯示區域KD12從該第二顯示邊界ND12 改變到由該第四顯示坐標資料DP14所表示的一第四顯示邊界ND14。例如,該第四顯示坐標資料DP14基於該第七特定資料容量值VC17而被確定。 The processing unit 310 replaces the second specific data capacity value VC12 stored in the storage area KS1 with a ninth specific data capacity value VC19 different from the second specific data capacity value VC12 to remove the second storage space SS12 from The second data capacity CD12 is changed to a ninth data capacity CD19 indicated by the ninth specific data capacity value VC19, and thereby a data capacity of the third storage block BS13 and one of the fifth storage block BS15 are changed. At least one of the data capacity. The processing unit 310 replaces the second display coordinate data DP12 stored in the storage area KS1 with a fourth display coordinate data DP14 different from the second display coordinate data DP12 to remove the second display area KD12 from the second Display boundary ND12 It changes to a fourth display boundary ND14 indicated by the fourth display coordinate data DP14. For example, the fourth display coordinate data DP14 is determined based on the seventh specific data capacity value VC17.
在一些實施例中,當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該電子郵件通訊協定時,該電子郵件通訊協定可能是一簡單郵件傳送協定(SMTP),且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是一POP3電子郵件協定和一網際網路訊息接取協定(IMAP)的其中之一。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該短訊服務通訊協定,該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該短訊服務通訊協定。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該即時傳訊通訊協定,該即時傳訊通訊協定可能是一即時發信與呈現協定(IMPP)和一可延伸發信與呈現協定(XMPP)的其中之一,且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該即時發信與呈現協定(IMPP)和該可延伸發信與呈現協定(XMPP)的其中之一。當該第一特定應用通訊協定PC11是該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定,該多媒體訊息服務通訊協定可能是一MM1多媒體訊息服務協定,且該第四特定應用通訊協定PC41可能是該MM1多媒體訊息服務協定。 In some embodiments, when the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the email protocol, the email protocol may be a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), and the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be One of a POP3 email protocol and an Internet Messaging Protocol (IMAP). When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the short message service communication protocol, the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be the short message service communication protocol. When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the instant messaging protocol, the instant messaging protocol may be one of an instant messaging and presence protocol (IMPP) and an extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP). And the fourth application-specific communication protocol PC41 may be one of the instant messaging and presence protocol (IMPP) and the extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP). When the first application-specific communication protocol PC11 is the multimedia message service protocol, the multimedia application service protocol may be an MM1 multimedia message service protocol, and the fourth application-specific protocol PC41 may be the MM1 multimedia message service protocol.
實施例 Examples
1.一種電子裝置700包含一儲存單元720及一處理單元710。該儲存單元720儲存被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定PC1的一第一通訊協定識別符HP1、和被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1不同的一 第二特定應用通訊協定PC2的一第二通訊協定識別符HP2。該處理單元710耦合於該儲存單元720,在該處理單元710獲得一電子資料DE61和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符HT11的條件下,用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的一第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61,並在該處理單元710獲得該電子資料DE61和基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被存取的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21的條件下,用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2而向由該第二通訊目標識別符HT21所識別的一第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。 1. An electronic device 700 includes a storage unit 720 and a processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 stores a first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify a first application-specific communication protocol PC1 and a protocol configured to identify a first application-specific protocol different from the first application-specific communication protocol PC1. A second protocol identifier HP2 of the second application-specific protocol PC2. The processing unit 710 is coupled to the storage unit 720. Under the condition that the processing unit 710 obtains an electronic data DE61 and a first communication target identifier HT11 which is accessed based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 uses the The first application-specific communication protocol PC1 transmits the electronic data DE61 to a first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11, and obtains the electronic data DE61 in the processing unit 710 and based on the second communication Under the condition of a second communication target identifier HT21 accessed by the protocol identifier HP2, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 is used to a second communication target 521 identified by the second communication target identifier HT21. Transfer this electronic material DE61.
2.根據實施例1所述的電子裝置700,該處理單元710響應一特定請求訊號QK1來獲得該電子資料DE61、該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以對應於表示一第一資料容量CD61的一第一特定資料容量值VC61。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的一第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的一第一記憶體位址AM21。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以對應於表示一第二資料容量CD62的一第二特定資料容量值VC62。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二特定資料容量值 VC62,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的一第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的一第二記憶體位址AM22,其中該第二儲存空間SS22不同於該第一儲存空間SS21。該處理單元710在該儲存單元720中分配一儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的一儲存器位址AS21,其中該儲存器位址AS21相依或獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1和該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2分別具有一第一目標識別符格式規定SF1和一第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。該特定請求訊號QK1是一第一有效請求訊號QR1和一第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一。該處理單元710響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置700進入一第一資料準備階段UP1。在該資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得該電子資料DE61和符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來使該儲存單元720在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,並基於該儲存器位址AS21來使該儲存單元720在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。在該資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來使該儲存單元720在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,其中該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別一 第二通訊目標521。該處理單元710響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置700離開該資料準備階段UP1以進入一資料傳輸階段UT1。在該資料準備階段UP1之後的該資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於該儲存器位址AS21來存取儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61以獲得該電子資料DE61,並響應於獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該電子資料DE61來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE61,其中該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記憶體位址AM21,並藉此基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並響應於獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和該電子資料DE61來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61,其中該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22,並藉此基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。 2. The electronic device 700 according to the embodiment 1, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61, the first communication target identifier HT11, and the second communication target identifier HT21 in response to a specific request signal QK1. The first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to correspond to a first specific data capacity value VC61 representing a first data capacity CD61. The processing unit 710 obtains the first specific data capacity value VC61 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and allocates a first data capacity CD61 in the storage unit 720 based on the first specific data capacity value VC61. A first storage space SS21 obtains a first memory address AM21 configured to identify the first storage space SS21. The second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to correspond to a second specific data capacity value VC62 representing a second data capacity CD62. The processing unit 710 obtains the second specific data capacity value based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. VC62, and allocate a second storage space SS22 with the second data capacity CD62 in the storage unit 720 based on the second specific data capacity value VC62 to obtain a second storage space SS22 configured to identify the second storage space SS22 The memory address AM22, wherein the second storage space SS22 is different from the first storage space SS21. The processing unit 710 allocates a storage block BS21 in the storage unit 720 to obtain a storage address AS21 configured to identify the storage block BS21, wherein the storage address AS21 is dependent on or independent of the first communication protocol identification Character HP1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC1 and the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 have a first target identifier format specification SF1 and a second target identifier format specification SF2, respectively. The specific request signal QK1 is one of a first valid request signal QR1 and a second valid request signal QU1. The processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter a first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first valid request signal QR1. In the data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 and the first communication target identifier HT11 that complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1, and makes the storage based on the first memory address AM21. The unit 720 stores the first communication target identifier HT11 in the first storage space SS21, and causes the storage unit 720 to store the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21 based on the storage address AS21. In the data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains a second communication target identifier HT21 that complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2, and makes the storage unit 720 in the second memory address AM22 based on The second communication target identifier HT21 is stored in the second storage space SS22, and the second communication target identifier HT21 is configured to identify a Second communication target 521. The processing unit 710 responds to the second valid request signal QU1 to make the electronic device 700 leave the data preparation stage UP1 to enter a data transmission stage UT1. In the data transmission phase UT1 after the data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 accesses the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first memory address AM21 to obtain The first communication target identifier HT11 accesses the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 based on the storage address AS21 to obtain the electronic data DE61, and responds to obtaining the first communication target identifier HT11. And the electronic data DE61 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC1 to transmit the first electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511, wherein the processing unit 710 obtains the first based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. The memory address AM21 is used to access the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. In the data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 accesses the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 based on the second memory address AM22 to obtain the second communication target identifier. HT21, and in response to obtaining the second communication target identifier HT21 and the electronic data DE61 to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521, wherein the processing unit 710 is based on the The second protocol identifier HP2 is used to obtain the second memory address AM22, and based on the second protocol identifier HP2, the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 is accessed. .
3.根據實施例2所述的電子裝置700進一步包含耦合於該處理單元710的一顯示單元730。該第二特定資料容量值VC62相同或不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61。該顯示單元730包含由一第一顯示坐標資料DP21所表示的一第一顯示區域KD21、由一第二顯示坐標資料DP22所表示的一第二顯示區域KD22、和一顯示區塊BD21,其中該第一顯示區域KD21、該第二顯示區域KD22和該顯示區塊BD21是不同的;該第一顯示坐標資料DP21相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61而被確定;以及該第二顯示坐標資料DP22相關於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62而被確定。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21以使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11,基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22以使該顯示單元730在該第二顯示區域KD22上顯示代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21,並使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該儲存器位址AS21,並基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21 獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710獲得獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該儲存器位址AS21。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第一儲存空間SS21的內部或外部。在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1並相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該儲存器位址AS21。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第二儲存空間SS22的內部或外部。 3. The electronic device 700 according to the embodiment 2 further comprises a display unit 730 coupled to the processing unit 710. The second specific data capacity value VC62 is the same as or different from the first specific data capacity value VC61. The display unit 730 includes a first display area KD21 represented by a first display coordinate data DP21, a second display area KD22 represented by a second display coordinate data DP22, and a display block BD21. The first display area KD21, the second display area KD22, and the display block BD21 are different; the first display coordinate data DP21 is related to the first protocol identifier HP1 and is based on the first specific data capacity value VC61 And is determined; and the second display coordinate data DP22 is related to the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and is determined based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. The processing unit 710 obtains the first display coordinate data DP21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 so that the display unit 730 displays a first representative of the first communication target identifier HT11 on the first display area KD21. The communication target identification information MH11 obtains the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 so that the display unit 730 displays a second communication target identifier HT21 on the second display area KD22. The second communication target identification information MH21 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and based on the first communication protocol The identifier HP1 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21. At this memory address AS21 Independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the first storage space SS21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and dependent on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. Address AS21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the second storage space SS22.
4.根據實施例2所述的電子裝置700,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2皆屬於被儲存於該儲存單元720中的一特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該處理單元710從該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2。該儲存器位址AS21相依於選自該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的一第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別一第三特定應用通訊協定PC3。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別由複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…所組成的一特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆屬於該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三 特定應用通訊協定PC3皆是一電子郵件通訊協定、一短訊服務通訊協定、一多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和一即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。 4. The electronic device 700 according to the embodiment 2, the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier HP2 both belong to a specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage unit 720 . The processing unit 710 obtains the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and the second communication protocol identifier HP2 from the specific communication protocol identifier group GH1. The storage address AS21 is dependent on a third protocol identifier HP3 selected from the specific protocol identifier group GH1. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify a third application-specific protocol PC3. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify an application-specific protocol group GP1 composed of a plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 all belong to the application-specific communication protocol group GP1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third The application-specific communication protocol PC3 is one of an e-mail communication protocol, a short message service communication protocol, a multimedia message service communication protocol, and an instant messaging communication protocol.
5.一種電子裝置700包含一儲存單元720及一處理單元710。該儲存單元720儲存被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定PC1的一第一通訊協定識別符HP1。該處理單元710耦合於該儲存單元720,並響應一特定請求訊號QK1來獲得一電子資料DE61和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的一第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 5. An electronic device 700 includes a storage unit 720 and a processing unit 710. The storage unit 720 stores a first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify a first application-specific protocol PC1. The processing unit 710 is coupled to the storage unit 720 and obtains an electronic data DE61 in response to a specific request signal QK1 and a first communication target identifier HT11 which is accessed based on the first protocol identifier HP1 to use the The first application-specific communication protocol PC1 transmits the electronic data DE61 to a first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11.
6.根據實施例5所述的電子裝置700進一步包含耦合於該處理單元710的一顯示單元730。該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以對應於表示一第一資料容量CD61的一第一特定資料容量值VC61。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的一第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的一第一記憶體位址AM21。該顯示單元730包含由一第一顯示坐標資料DP21所表示的一第一顯示區域KD21、和不同於該第一顯示區域KD21的一顯示區塊BD21,其中該第一顯示坐標資料DP21相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於 該第一特定資料容量值VC61而被確定。該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21以使該顯示單元730在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11,並使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。該處理單元710在該儲存單元720中分配一儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的一儲存器位址AS21,其中該儲存器位址AS21相依或獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該儲存器位址AS21,並基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來使該顯示單元730在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該處理單元710獲得獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該儲存器位址AS21。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1具有一第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。該特定請求訊號QK1是一第一有效請求訊號QR1和一第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一。該處理單元710響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1來使該電子裝置700進入一第一資料準備階段UP1。在該資料準備階段UP1中,該處理單元710獲得該電子資料DE61和符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來使該儲存單元720在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存該第一通訊目標識別 符HT11,並基於該儲存器位址AS21來使該儲存單元720在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。該處理單元710響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來使該電子裝置700離開該資料準備階段UP1以進入一資料傳輸階段UT1。在該資料準備階段UP1之後的該資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,基於該儲存器位址AS21來存取儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61以獲得該電子資料DE61,並響應於獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該電子資料DE61來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE61,其中該處理單元710基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一記憶體位址AM21,並藉此基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來存取儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第一儲存空間SS21的內部或外部。 6. The electronic device 700 according to the embodiment 5 further comprises a display unit 730 coupled to the processing unit 710. The first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to correspond to a first specific data capacity value VC61 representing a first data capacity CD61. The processing unit 710 obtains the first specific data capacity value VC61 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and allocates a first data capacity CD61 in the storage unit 720 based on the first specific data capacity value VC61. A first storage space SS21 obtains a first memory address AM21 configured to identify the first storage space SS21. The display unit 730 includes a first display area KD21 represented by a first display coordinate data DP21, and a display block BD21 different from the first display area KD21. The first display coordinate data DP21 is related to the first display area KD21. First protocol identifier HP1 and based on The first specific data capacity value VC61 is determined. The processing unit 710 obtains the first display coordinate data DP21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 so that the display unit 730 displays a first representative of the first communication target identifier HT11 on the first display area KD21. The communication target identification information MH11 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21. The processing unit 710 allocates a storage block BS21 in the storage unit 720 to obtain a storage address AS21 configured to identify the storage block BS21, wherein the storage address AS21 is dependent on or independent of the first communication protocol identification Character HP1. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, and based on the first communication protocol The identifier HP1 causes the display unit 730 to display the electronic data DE61 on the display block BD21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage address AS21 that is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1. The first application specific communication protocol PC1 has a first target identifier format specification SF1. The specific request signal QK1 is one of a first valid request signal QR1 and a second valid request signal QU1. The processing unit 710 causes the electronic device 700 to enter a first data preparation stage UP1 in response to the first valid request signal QR1. In the data preparation stage UP1, the processing unit 710 obtains the electronic data DE61 and the first communication target identifier HT11 that complies with the first target identifier format specification SF1, and makes the storage based on the first memory address AM21. Unit 720 stores the first communication target identification in the first storage space SS21 HT11, and based on the storage address AS21, the storage unit 720 stores the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21. The processing unit 710 responds to the second valid request signal QU1 to make the electronic device 700 leave the data preparation stage UP1 to enter a data transmission stage UT1. In the data transmission phase UT1 after the data preparation phase UP1, the processing unit 710 accesses the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first memory address AM21 to obtain The first communication target identifier HT11 accesses the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 based on the storage address AS21 to obtain the electronic data DE61, and responds to obtaining the first communication target identifier HT11. And the electronic data DE61 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC1 to transmit the first electronic data DE61 to the first communication target 511, wherein the processing unit 710 obtains the first based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. The memory address AM21 is used to access the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the first storage space SS21.
7.根據實施例6所述的電子裝置700,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1屬於被儲存於該儲存單元720中的一特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該處理單元710從包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和一第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,其中該第二通 訊協定識別符HP2被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1不同的一第二特定應用通訊協定PC2。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以對應於表示一第二資料容量CD62的一第二特定資料容量值VC62,其中該第二特定資料容量值VC62相同或不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC62,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62來在該儲存單元720中分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的一第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的一第二記憶體位址AM22,其中該第二儲存空間SS22不同於該第一儲存空間SS21。該顯示單元730進一步包含由一第二顯示坐標資料DP22所表示的一第二顯示區域KD22,其中該第一顯示區域KD21、該第二顯示區域KD22和該顯示區塊BD21是不同的;以及該第二顯示坐標資料DP22相關於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62而被確定。該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22以使該顯示單元730在該第二顯示區域KD22上顯示代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21。在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1並相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該儲存器位址AS21。該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2具有一第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。在該資料準備階段UP1 中,該處理單元710獲得符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來使該儲存單元720在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,其中該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別一第二通訊目標521。在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,該處理單元710基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並響應於獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和該電子資料DE61來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61,其中該處理單元710基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二記憶體位址AM22,並藉此基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21。該儲存器位址AS21相依於選自該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的一第三通訊協定識別符HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別一第三特定應用通訊協定PC3。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別由複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…所組成的一特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆屬於該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆是一電子郵件通訊協定、一短訊 服務通訊協定、一多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和一即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第二儲存空間SS22的內部或外部。 7. The electronic device 700 according to the embodiment 6, the first protocol identifier HP1 belongs to a specific protocol identifier group GH1 stored in the storage unit 720. The processing unit 710 obtains the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second protocol identifier from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 including the first protocol identifier HP1 and a second protocol identifier HP2. Character HP2, where the second pass The protocol identifier HP2 is configured to identify a second application specific protocol PC2 different from the first application specific protocol PC1. The second communication protocol identifier HP2 is configured to correspond to a second specific data capacity value VC62 representing a second data capacity CD62, wherein the second specific data capacity value VC62 is the same as or different from the first specific data capacity value. VC61. The processing unit 710 obtains the second specific data capacity value VC62 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and allocates a second data capacity CD62 in the storage unit 720 based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. A second storage space SS22 obtains a second memory address AM22 configured to identify the second storage space SS22, wherein the second storage space SS22 is different from the first storage space SS21. The display unit 730 further includes a second display area KD22 represented by a second display coordinate data DP22, wherein the first display area KD21, the second display area KD22, and the display block BD21 are different; and the The second display coordinate data DP22 is related to the second protocol identifier HP2 and is determined based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. The processing unit 710 obtains the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 so that the display unit 730 displays a second representative of the second communication target identifier HT21 on the second display area KD22. Communication target identification information MH21. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 is independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and dependent on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the processing unit 710 obtains the storage based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2. Address AS21. The second application-specific communication protocol PC2 has a second target identifier format specification SF2. UP1 in the data preparation stage The processing unit 710 obtains a second communication target identifier HT21 that complies with the second target identifier format specification SF2, and causes the storage unit 720 in the second storage space SS22 based on the second memory address AM22. The second communication target identifier HT21 is stored, wherein the second communication target identifier HT21 is configured to identify a second communication target 521. In the data transmission phase UT1, the processing unit 710 accesses the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 based on the second memory address AM22 to obtain the second communication target identifier. HT21, and in response to obtaining the second communication target identifier HT21 and the electronic data DE61 to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521, wherein the processing unit 710 is based on the The second protocol identifier HP2 is used to obtain the second memory address AM22, and based on the second protocol identifier HP2, the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 is accessed. . The storage address AS21 is dependent on a third protocol identifier HP3 selected from the specific protocol identifier group GH1. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify a third application-specific protocol PC3. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify an application-specific protocol group GP1 composed of a plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 all belong to the application-specific communication protocol group GP1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 are all an email communication protocol and a text message. One of a service protocol, a multimedia messaging service protocol, and an instant messaging protocol. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the second storage space SS22.
8.一種資料傳輸方法包含下列步驟:提供被配置以識別一第一特定應用通訊協定PC1的一第一通訊協定識別符HP1;以及響應一特定請求訊號QK1來獲得一電子資料DE61和基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取的一第一通訊目標識別符HT11以用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向由該第一通訊目標識別符HT11所識別的一第一通訊目標511傳送該電子資料DE61。 8. A data transmission method comprising the steps of: providing a first protocol identifier HP1 configured to identify a first application specific protocol PC1; and obtaining an electronic data DE61 in response to a specific request signal QK1 and based on the first A first communication target identifier HT11 accessed by a communication protocol identifier HP1 is transmitted to a first communication target 511 identified by the first communication target identifier HT11 using the first application-specific communication protocol PC1. The electronic material DE61.
9.根據實施例8所述的方法,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1被配置以對應於表示一第一資料容量CD61的一第一特定資料容量值VC61。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1具有一第一目標識別符格式規定SF1。該特定請求訊號QK1是一第一有效請求訊號QR1和一第二有效請求訊號QU1的其中之一。該方法進一步包含下列步驟:基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一特定資料容量值VC61;基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61來分配具有該第一資料容量CD61的一第一儲存空間SS21以獲得被配置以識別該第一儲存空間SS21的一第一記憶體位址AM21;響應該第一有效請求訊號QR1來進入一資料準備階段UP1;在該資料準備階段UP1中,獲得該電子資料DE61和符合該第一目標識別符格式規定SF1的該第一通訊目標識 別符HT11,並基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來在該第一儲存空間SS21中儲存該第一通訊目標識別符HT11;提供由一第一顯示坐標資料DP21所表示的一第一顯示區域KD21、和不同於該第一顯示區域KD21的一顯示區塊BD21,其中該第一顯示坐標資料DP21相關於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1,並基於該第一特定資料容量值VC61而被確定;基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該第一顯示坐標資料DP21以在該第一顯示區域KD21上顯示代表該第一通訊目標識別符HT11的一第一通訊目標識別資訊MH11;在該顯示區塊BD21上顯示該電子資料DE61;分配一儲存塊BS21以獲得被配置以識別該儲存塊BS21的一儲存器位址AS21,其中該儲存器位址AS21相依或獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1;在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1來獲得該儲存器位址AS21,其中在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該電子資料DE61基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被顯示在該顯示區塊BD21上;在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,獲得獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的該儲存器位址AS21;以及在該資料準備階段UP1中,基於該儲存器位址AS21來在該儲存塊BS21中儲存該電子資料DE61。獲得該電子資料DE61和該第一通訊目標識別符HT11以傳送該電子資料DE61的步驟包含下列子步驟:響應該第二有效請求訊號QU1來離開該資料 準備階段UP1以進入一資料傳輸階段UT1;在該資料準備階段UP1之後的該資料傳輸階段UT1中,基於該儲存器位址AS21來存取儲存於該儲存塊BS21中的該電子資料DE61以獲得該電子資料DE61;在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,基於該第一記憶體位址AM21來從該第一儲存空間SS21中獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11,其中該第一記憶體位址AM21基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被獲得,藉此儲存於該第一儲存空間SS21中的該第一通訊目標識別符HT11基於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1而被存取;以及在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,響應於獲得該第一通訊目標識別符HT11和該電子資料DE61來用該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1而向該第一通訊目標511傳送該第一電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第一儲存空間SS21的內部或外部。 9. The method according to embodiment 8, the first protocol identifier HP1 is configured to correspond to a first specific data capacity value VC61 representing a first data capacity CD61. The first application specific communication protocol PC1 has a first target identifier format specification SF1. The specific request signal QK1 is one of a first valid request signal QR1 and a second valid request signal QU1. The method further includes the following steps: obtaining the first specific data capacity value VC61 based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1; and allocating a first storage having the first data capacity CD61 based on the first specific data capacity value VC61. Space SS21 to obtain a first memory address AM21 configured to identify the first storage space SS21; respond to the first valid request signal QR1 to enter a data preparation stage UP1; in the data preparation stage UP1, obtain the electronic The data DE61 and the first communication target identifier complying with the first target identifier format SF1 The first communication target identifier HT11 is stored in the first storage space SS21 based on the first memory address AM21, and a first display area KD21 represented by a first display coordinate data DP21 is provided. And a display block BD21 different from the first display area KD21, wherein the first display coordinate data DP21 is related to the first protocol identifier HP1 and is determined based on the first specific data capacity value VC61; The first display coordinate data DP21 is obtained based on the first communication protocol identifier HP1 to display a first communication target identification information MH11 representing the first communication target identifier HT11 on the first display area KD21; on the display The electronic data DE61 is displayed on the block BD21; a storage block BS21 is allocated to obtain a storage address AS21 configured to identify the storage block BS21, wherein the storage address AS21 is dependent on or independent of the first communication protocol identification Identifier HP1; under the condition that the memory address AS21 depends on the first protocol identifier HP1, the memory address AS21 is obtained based on the first protocol identifier HP1, where Under the condition that the memory address AS21 depends on the first protocol identifier HP1, the electronic data DE61 is displayed on the display block BD21 based on the first protocol identifier HP1; in the memory bit Under the condition that the address AS21 is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1, the storage address AS21 that is independent of the first protocol identifier HP1 is obtained; and in the data preparation stage UP1, based on the memory address AS21 stores the electronic data DE61 in the storage block BS21. The step of obtaining the electronic data DE61 and the first communication target identifier HT11 to transmit the electronic data DE61 includes the following sub-steps: leaving the data in response to the second valid request signal QU1 The preparation phase UP1 enters a data transmission phase UT1; in the data transmission phase UT1 after the data preparation phase UP1, the electronic data DE61 stored in the storage block BS21 is accessed based on the storage address AS21 to obtain The electronic data DE61; in the data transmission phase UT1, the first communication target identifier HT11 is obtained from the first storage space SS21 based on the first memory address AM21, wherein the first memory address AM21 is based on the The first protocol identifier HP1 is obtained, whereby the first communication target identifier HT11 stored in the first storage space SS21 is accessed based on the first protocol identifier HP1; and during the data transmission In phase UT1, in response to obtaining the first communication target identifier HT11 and the electronic data DE61 to use the first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the first electronic data DE61 is transmitted to the first communication target 511. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the first communication protocol identifier HP1, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the first storage space SS21.
10.根據實施例9所述的方法,該第一通訊協定識別符HP1屬於一特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1。該方法進一步包含一步驟:從包含該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和一第二通訊協定識別符HP2的該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1中獲得該第一通訊協定識別符HP1和該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,其中該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以識別與該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1不同的一第二特定應用通訊協定PC2。該儲存器位址AS21相依於選自該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1的一第三通訊協定識別符 HP3。該第三通訊協定識別符HP3被配置以識別一第三特定應用通訊協定PC3。該特定通訊協定識別符群組GH1被配置以識別由複數不同資料傳輸通訊協定PC1、PC2、…所組成的一特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆屬於該特定應用通訊協定群組GP1。該第一特定應用通訊協定PC1、該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2和該第三特定應用通訊協定PC3皆是一電子郵件通訊協定、一短訊服務通訊協定、一多媒體訊息服務通訊協定和一即時傳訊通訊協定的其中之一。該第二通訊協定識別符HP2被配置以對應於表示一第二資料容量CD62的一第二特定資料容量值VC62,其中該第二特定資料容量值VC62相同或不同於該第一特定資料容量值VC61。該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2具有一第二目標識別符格式規定SF2。該方法進一步包含下列步驟:基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二特定資料容量值VC62;基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62來分配具有該第二資料容量CD62的一第二儲存空間SS22以獲得被配置以識別該第二儲存空間SS22的一第二記憶體位址AM22,其中該第二儲存空間SS22不同於該第一儲存空間SS21;提供由一第二顯示坐標資料DP22所表示的一第二顯示區域KD22,其中該第一顯示區域KD21、該第二顯示區域KD22和該顯示區塊BD21是不同的,且該第二顯示坐標資料DP22相關於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2,並基於該第二特定資料容量值VC62而被 確定;基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該第二顯示坐標資料DP22以在該第二顯示區域KD22上顯示代表該第二通訊目標識別符HT21的一第二通訊目標識別資訊MH21;在該儲存器位址AS21獨立於該第一通訊協定識別符HP1並相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2來獲得該儲存器位址AS21;在該資料準備階段UP1中,獲得符合該第二目標識別符格式規定SF2的一第二通訊目標識別符HT21,並基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來在該第二儲存空間SS22中儲存該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,其中該第二通訊目標識別符HT21被配置以識別一第二通訊目標521;在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,基於該第二記憶體位址AM22來存取儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21以獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21,其中該第二記憶體位址AM22基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被獲得,藉此儲存於該第二儲存空間SS22中的該第二通訊目標識別符HT21基於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2而被存取;以及在該資料傳輸階段UT1中,響應於獲得該第二通訊目標識別符HT21和該電子資料DE61來用該第二特定應用通訊協定PC2而向該第二通訊目標521傳送該電子資料DE61。在該儲存器位址AS21相依於該第二通訊協定識別符HP2的條件下,該儲存塊BS21位於該第二儲存空間SS22的內部或外部。 10. The method according to embodiment 9, the first protocol identifier HP1 belongs to a specific protocol identifier group GH1. The method further includes a step of obtaining the first protocol identifier HP1 and the second from the specific protocol identifier group GH1 including the first protocol identifier HP1 and a second protocol identifier HP2. The protocol identifier HP2, wherein the second protocol identifier HP2 is configured to identify a second application-specific protocol PC2 different from the first application-specific protocol PC1. The memory address AS21 depends on a third protocol identifier selected from the specific protocol identifier group GH1. HP3. The third protocol identifier HP3 is configured to identify a third application-specific protocol PC3. The specific protocol identifier group GH1 is configured to identify an application-specific protocol group GP1 composed of a plurality of different data transmission protocols PC1, PC2,... The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 all belong to the application-specific communication protocol group GP1. The first application-specific communication protocol PC1, the second application-specific communication protocol PC2, and the third application-specific communication protocol PC3 are all an email communication protocol, a short message service communication protocol, a multimedia message service communication protocol, and an instant messaging service. One of the messaging protocols. The second communication protocol identifier HP2 is configured to correspond to a second specific data capacity value VC62 representing a second data capacity CD62, wherein the second specific data capacity value VC62 is the same as or different from the first specific data capacity value. VC61. The second application-specific communication protocol PC2 has a second target identifier format specification SF2. The method further includes the following steps: obtaining the second specific data capacity value VC62 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2; and allocating a second storage having the second data capacity CD62 based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. Space SS22 to obtain a second memory address AM22 configured to identify the second storage space SS22, where the second storage space SS22 is different from the first storage space SS21; provided by a second display coordinate data DP22 A second display area KD22, wherein the first display area KD21, the second display area KD22, and the display block BD21 are different, and the second display coordinate data DP22 is related to the second protocol identifier HP2 And is based on the second specific data capacity value VC62. OK; obtain the second display coordinate data DP22 based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 to display a second communication target identification information MH21 representing the second communication target identifier HT21 on the second display area KD22; The storage address AS21 is independent of the first communication protocol identifier HP1 and dependent on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, and the storage address AS21 is obtained based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2; in In the data preparation stage UP1, a second communication target identifier HT21 that complies with the second target identifier format SF2 is obtained, and the second storage space SS22 is stored in the second storage space SS22 based on the second memory address AM22. The communication target identifier HT21, wherein the second communication target identifier HT21 is configured to identify a second communication target 521; in the data transmission phase UT1, based on the second memory address AM22, it is stored and stored in the second The second communication target identifier HT21 in the storage space SS22 to obtain the second communication target identifier HT21, wherein the second memory address AM22 is based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2 is obtained, whereby the second communication target identifier HT21 stored in the second storage space SS22 is accessed based on the second communication protocol identifier HP2; and in the data transmission phase UT1, in response to The second communication target identifier HT21 and the electronic data DE61 are obtained to use the second application-specific communication protocol PC2 to transmit the electronic data DE61 to the second communication target 521. Under the condition that the storage address AS21 depends on the second communication protocol identifier HP2, the storage block BS21 is located inside or outside the second storage space SS22.
提出於此之本揭露多數變形例與其他實施例,將對於熟習本項技藝者理解到具有呈現於上述說明與 相關圖式之教導的益處。因此,吾人應理解到本揭露並非受限於所揭露之特定實施例,而變形例與其他實施例意圖是包含在以下的申請專利範圍之範疇之內。 Most of the modifications and other embodiments disclosed herein are disclosed. Those skilled in the art will understand that there are Benefits of the teaching of related schemas. Therefore, I should understand that this disclosure is not limited to the specific embodiments disclosed, but the modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included in the scope of the patent application below.
Claims (10)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW107103900A TWI665900B (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2018-02-02 | Electronic device and data transmission method |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW107103900A TWI665900B (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2018-02-02 | Electronic device and data transmission method |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TWI665900B true TWI665900B (en) | 2019-07-11 |
TW201935901A TW201935901A (en) | 2019-09-01 |
Family
ID=68049321
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW107103900A TWI665900B (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2018-02-02 | Electronic device and data transmission method |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TWI665900B (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI714954B (en) * | 2018-02-02 | 2021-01-01 | 鍾國誠 | Electronic device and method for sending electronic data |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6848008B1 (en) * | 1999-04-19 | 2005-01-25 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Method for the transmission of multimedia messages |
WO2005091578A1 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2005-09-29 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method terminal and server for transmission of service messages in fixed and/or mobile networks |
US20130232209A1 (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2013-09-05 | Jorge Fernandez | Method for establishing bi-directional messaging communications with wireless devices and with remote locations over a network |
US20150081812A1 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2015-03-19 | Rockliffe Systems | Content-Based Notification and User-Transparent Pull Operation for Simulated Push Transmission of Wireless Email |
US9307371B2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2016-04-05 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Method and system for SMS/MMS messaging to a connected device |
-
2018
- 2018-02-02 TW TW107103900A patent/TWI665900B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6848008B1 (en) * | 1999-04-19 | 2005-01-25 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Method for the transmission of multimedia messages |
WO2005091578A1 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2005-09-29 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method terminal and server for transmission of service messages in fixed and/or mobile networks |
US20150081812A1 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2015-03-19 | Rockliffe Systems | Content-Based Notification and User-Transparent Pull Operation for Simulated Push Transmission of Wireless Email |
US9307371B2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2016-04-05 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Method and system for SMS/MMS messaging to a connected device |
US20130232209A1 (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2013-09-05 | Jorge Fernandez | Method for establishing bi-directional messaging communications with wireless devices and with remote locations over a network |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW201935901A (en) | 2019-09-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN110138717B (en) | Electronic device and method for transferring electronic data | |
US5602995A (en) | Method and apparatus for buffering data within stations of a communication network with mapping of packet numbers to buffer's physical addresses | |
JPS58501065A (en) | Processing equipment for packet voice integrated exchange | |
EP0658841A2 (en) | A data processing system having a dynamic priority task scheduler | |
US5148527A (en) | Interface for independently establishing a link and transmitting high level commands including logical addresses from dedicated microprocessor to shared intelligent memory | |
JP2001513589A (en) | Queue system and method for point-to-point message transfer | |
TWI665900B (en) | Electronic device and data transmission method | |
GB2176973A (en) | Improvements in or relating to telecommunications exchanges | |
CN104462008A (en) | Physical-memory-shared multi-processor communication system and communication method thereof | |
US7373467B2 (en) | Storage device flow control | |
EP3188446A1 (en) | Remote resource access method and exchange device | |
US9292456B2 (en) | System and method for data synchronization across digital device interfaces | |
CN111679918B (en) | Message transmission method and device | |
TW577206B (en) | Controller in a private terminal installation in ATM mode | |
TWI869467B (en) | Electronic device and method for sending electronic data | |
WO2005020494A2 (en) | Method and apparatus for providing interprocessor communications using shared memory | |
US4523308A (en) | Telephone concentrator switch arrangement | |
US5983266A (en) | Control method for message communication in network supporting software emulated modules and hardware implemented modules | |
WO2019149209A1 (en) | Electronic device and method for transmitting electronic data | |
KR100855684B1 (en) | Method, system and recording medium for providing dialing service using text input to mobile communication terminal in intelligent network environment | |
EP0555881A2 (en) | Office automation system wherein files in a database are available to electronic mail services | |
CN109558107A (en) | A kind of FC message sink management method of shared buffer | |
US7031332B2 (en) | Control cell management method of ATM switching system | |
JP2012108707A (en) | Control apparatus | |
JP2002077404A (en) | Terminal device of communication system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |